Classiiied  lUustrated  Catalo< 


c;f  the 


ureau 

/ 

Library  Department 


53  0  Atlantic  Ave.'l 
Cor. of  Conaress  St.: 


>  Boston       377  fil 


3roadv/ay(Cor.  White  St^NewYork 


air.MadisoD  St.   CIiicap'"o  us  -  iis  No. Broad  St  Philadelphia 


928  F  St.N.W-,Washington.D.C. 


London 


Pans 


1900 


"  The  librarv   center  of  the  country,  </('/;/V  much  needed  -cork  tmpraitica/'le  for  the  Socteey  or 
periodica/,  thus  siipplcnientnv^  the  JJbrary  Association  an<i  Journar' 


Preserve  for  reference 


Classified  illustrated  catalog 


OK    TMK 


LIBRARY    DEPARTMENT 


OF 


Library  Bureau 

FOUNDED  1876        INCORPORATED  1888 


11.   K.    Davidson.  W.   E.   Parkki-:, 

jst    I 'iic-picsiiicnt  Treasurer 


A  HANDBOOK  OF  LIBRARY  FITTINGS  AND  SUPPLIES 


SALESROOMS 

5JO  Atlantic  avenue  corner  Congress  street  Boston 
jyj  Jhoadway  (corner  U7iife  street)  A^'io  York 
21^  Madison  st.  Chicago  112-116  A\  Broad  st.  Philadelphia 

JO  B/oonisbiiry  st.    ]]''.  C.  T.O)idon  i fi6  I^ st.  X.  ]V.  U^ashington  D.  C. 

Paris  ./y  )!ie  J\  an/ hut  can 


1900 


l^rinted  by  the  J'riiitiii^  Utpaitiiunt  of  Tltc  Lilna?'y  Biircait,  Boston. 


PREFACE 


Recognizing  the  growing-  interest  wliich  is  being  manifested  in 
library  work  and  the  consequent  increasing  demand  for  information 
regarding  purely  technical  appliances,  the  Library  Rureau  has  issued 
a  separate  catalog  of  its  library  department  designed  to  interest  those 
establishing  public  libraries,  those  actively  engaged  in  library  work, 
and  owners  of  private  libraries  seeking  for  the  best  aids  in  making 
their  libraries  easy  of  reference  and  generally  more  serviceable.  Much 
which  has  appeared  in  former  catalogs  of  interest  to  business  houses  but 
not  to  library  workers  has  been   eliminated. 

The  new  publications  to  which  we  call  attention  will  be  found  of 
especial  interest  ;  and  all  mechanical  and  labor-saving  devices  we 
believe  are  the  best  of  their  kind  yet  devised. 

Goods  will  be  shipped  to  any  house,  institution,  or  individual  of 
known  responsibility,  or  on  receipt  of  satisfactory  references.  As  our 
constituency  is  scattered  over  the  entire  civilized  worid,  it  is  necessary 
to  adhere  strictly  to  the  rule,  for  goods  can  not  be  sent  to  strangers. 
Patrons  who  have  no  means  ot  showing  their  responsibility,  may  order 
C.  O.  D.,  or  remit  in  advance  to  cover  the  bill,  and  any  surplus  will  be 
returned  with  the  goods  shipped.  Remittances  should  be  made  in 
exchange  on  Boston,  New  York,  Chicago,  or  for  foreign  orders,  on 
London,  or  by  money  order  or  postal  note.  Actual  cost  for  collecting 
local  checks  will  be  charged. 

Always  give  catalog  number  and  date  of  catalog  used,  as  printed  on 
its  title,  to  facilitate  the  prompt  and  exact  filling  of  orders. 

All  prices  printed  in  this  catalog  are  net.  The  discounts  for  quantity 
are  indicated  in  each  case  and  subject  to  change. 

The  simplified  spellings  used,  are  recommended  for  general  adoption 
by  the  most  eminent  English  scholars  now  living. 


i5i41783 


To  public  and  private  libraries 

Up  to  1876  no  business  had  been  organized  witii  the  definite  purpose 
of  supplying  libraries  with  all  needed  appliances  for  administration,  or 
in  any  way  to  consider  their  wants,  aside  from  the  attention,  based  on 
immediate  profits,  which  they  might  receive  from  more  or  less  enter- 
prising  booksellers  and  stationers.  This  was  all  the  field  seemed  to 
justify  from  a  business  point  of  view.  J^Y-w  libraries  used  the  same 
standards,  or  accomplished  a  given  result  by  the  same  method.  This 
diversity  of  practice  made  co-operation  well  nigh  impossible  among 
older  libraries,  and  compelled  those  just  starting  to  select  from  existing 
methods  or  to  originate  new  ones  with  inexperience  for  guidance,  each 
library  administration  representing  the  judgment  and  personal  equation 
of  its  promoters. 

In  1876  the  American  Library  Association  was  formed  for  the  pur- 
pose of  focalizing  the  experience  of  its  members,  to  discuss  and  recom- 
mend the  best  methods  and  devices  for  administration.  Its  work  is 
well  known  and  far  reaching. 

Leading  members  of  the  Association  have  given  their  time  and  ser- 
vices in  a  most  generous  way  to  the  solution  of  important  questions. 
A  co-operation  committee  was  formed  at  the  start  for  the  purpose  of 
gathering  models  and  suggestions  of  new  devices  and  working  out  for 
each  necessity  the  very  best  method  or  appliance.  In  this  way  the 
essential  appliances  now  used  by  libraries  in  America  were  evolved, 
though  now  greatly  improved  by  the  years  of  study  given  them  by  the 
Bureau.  It  soon  became  apparent  that  but  a  small  part  of  the  difficul- 
ties were  overcome  by  this  co-operative  selection  ;  that  some  one  must 
undertake  the  supply  of  the  articles  recommended,  not  only  to  save  the 
excessive  cost  and  great  extra  trouble  and  loss  of  time  of  each  library 
making  separately,  but  to  give  constant  study  to  perfecting  every  detail 
and  to  reduction  of  prices  where  practicable.  To  the  ordinary  business 
mind  the  idea  that  a  self  supporting  business  could  be  developed  in  this 
field  seemed  Utopian;  there  seemed  no  "thoroughfare"  for  him  who 
should  invest  capital,  or  what  is  of  greater  value,  time,  in  such  a  venture. 

But  the  indefatigable  secretary  of  the  associated  librarians  felt  that 
such  a  business  would  be  absolutely  essential  to  the  proper  development 
of  a  new  library  movement,  and  so  personally  assumed  the  risk  of  manu- 
facturing and  carrying  in  stock  all  supplies,  not  obtainable  elsewhere, 
recommended  by  this  committee,  carrying  on  the  work  for  years  not 
only  without  compensation,  but  at  actual  loss  to  himself.  From  this 
small  beginning  came  the  Library  Bureau. 

Gradually  was  laid  the  foundation  of  an  organization  that  has 
been  the  most  active  and  important  agency  in  furthering  the  work  of 


5 

the  Association,  rendering  guidance  and  assistance  to  every  library 
asking  it,  l)y  its  labors  and  liberal  expenditures,  where  no  one  else  was 
willing  to  invest,  till  careful  observers  have  been  forced  to  give  credit 
for  much  of  the  modern  library  progress  to  the  activities  set  in  motion 
and  kept  at  work  by  the  Library  Bureau. 

On  this  foundation  the  Bureau  of  to-day  with  its  several  departments 
thoroughly  organized  and  presided  over  by  experts,  has  been  built  up. 
It  has  its  offices  and  salesrooms  in  Boston,  New  York,  Philadelphia, 
Washington,  D.  C,  Chicago,  St.  Louis,  London,  and  Paris,  and  a  score 
of  trained  representatives  visiting  libraries  and  the  growing  commercial 
constituency. 

Library  Departments. 

Consultation  department.  To  give  expert  advice  as  to  devel- 
oping interest,  raising  funds,  location,  building,  fixtures,  heating,  light- 
ing, ventilation,  care,  selecting  and  buying  books,  binding,  cataloging, 
indexing,  classification,  circulation,  rules,  help,  and  all  the  details  of 
organization  and  administration,  so  as  to  secure  the  best  results  at  the 
lowest  cost,  profiting  by  the  experiments  and  experience  of  the  rest  of 
the  library  world. 

Eini)loynient  department.  This  department  was  organized  by 
the  Library  Bureau  in  response  to  a  continually  expressed  desire  for  a 
central  bureau,  or  registry,  where  the  names,  addresses,  and  qualifica- 
tions of  librarians  and  assistants,  desirous  of  obtaining  suitable  posi- 
tions, could  be  recorded,  and  kept  on  file,  for  the  convenience  of  library 
trustees  and  others  requiring  such  services. 

It  is  the  aim  of  the  Bureau  to  put  into  each  position  the  most 
competent  person  to  be  had  for  the  money  offered,  and  also  to  find  for 
the  librarian,  or  assistant,  the  best  position  he,  or  she,  is  competent  to 
fill. 

The  Bureau  undertakes  this  record  without  fee  or  charge  of  any 
kind,  and  will  do  everything  possible  to  mutually  accommodate  appli- 
cants. 

Information  will  at  once  be  sent  to  suitable  applicants  of  any 
vacancies  there  may  be,  but  no  further  obligation  will  be  assumed  by 
the  Bureau. 

Catalog  department.  Many  libraries,  as  a  result  of  increased 
knowledge  among  library  trustees  of  better  library  methods  and  the 
enhanced  usefulness  of  a  library  properly  classified  and  cataloged,  are 
reorganizing  and  bringing  their  administration  in  accord  with  advanced 
library  thought.  The  Bureau  untlertakes  contracts  for  organizing  new 
libraries  or  reorganizing  old  ones,  in  accordance  with  the  latest  devel- 
opments  of  library  science,  taking  full  charge  of  such  work,  or  it  will 
send  from  its  corps  of  experts  those  thoroughly  competent  to  act  in  the 
employ  of  the  trustees. 


Publication  clepartinent.  To  publish  manuals  for  administra- 
tion, indexes,  and  tables  of  classification,  subject  headin<^s  for  shelves 
and  catalogs,  guides,  labels,  and  various  needed  helps,  practicable  only 
through  a  co-operative  agency. 

Furniture -department.  To  take  the  library  building  from  the 
general  contractor,  its  exterior  complete,  its  interior  walls  and  floors 
and  partitions  done,  and  equip  it  with  all  other  fixed  and  movable 
furniture  of  iron  or  steel  or  wood,  including  the  stack  department  and 
stack  floors  complete. 

Supplies  department.  To  furnish,  of  better  models,  materials, 
and  workmanship,  at  less  cost  than  otherwise  obtainable,  all  articles 
recommended  by  the  Library  Association  and  Library  School,  and  to 
equip  libraries,  from  smallest  to  largest,  with  the  best  known  devices 
for  cheap,  convenient,  and  efificient  use  and  administration.  It  is  its 
purpose  to  supply  the  best  for  each  use,  and,  if  selection  is  left  to  the 
Bureau,  the  benefit  of  its  unequaled  experience  and  facilities  is  secured. 

Except  books  and  periodicals,  these  supplies  include  everything 
needed  in  the  best  equipped  public  or  private  library,  covering  the 
whole  field  as  if  there  were  no  other  source  of  supplies. 

Many  away  from  large  cities,  or  not  knowing  where  to  go,  or  what 
prices  to  pay,  waste  much  time  in  getting  an  unsatisfactory  article,  and 
often  pay  more  than  the  best  would  cost,  if  bought  with  our  facilities. 
To  accommodate  libraries  and  librarians,  we  allow  anything  wanted  to 
be  ordered  through  us,  the  cost  never  being  more  (it  is  often  less)  than 
if  bought  directly. 

The  Bureau  aims  to  make  itself  indispensable  to  the  libraries,  and  to 
prove  to  them  by  experience  that  the  most  convenient,  cheap,  and  sat- 
isfactory course  when  anything  is  wanted  is  to  come  or  write  at  once 
toit. 


7 

13.      Decimal     Classification    ainl    Kelativ    Index.      For 

arranging,  cataloging,  and  indexing  public  and  private  libraries,  and  for 
pamflets,  clippings,  notes,  scrap  books,  index  rerums,  etc.  By  Melvil 
Dewey,  Director  New  York  State  Library  and  Library  School;  Ex- 
Pres.  American  Library  Association.      Published  by  the  Library  Bureau. 

Adopted  by  the  Institut  intcrnationalc  bibliograpJiiqm\  September, 
1895,  as  its  official  classification  for  use  in  the  various  countries  and 
now  being  translated  into  the  leading  luiropean  languages. 

Brief  description.  All  known  subjects  are  grouped  into  10 
classes  numbered  with  the  digits,  0-9 ;  e.  g.  5  is  Science.  Each  class 
is  treated  as  a  separate  library  and  divided  into  ten  divisions  numbered 
likewise ;  e.  g.  5 1  is  Mathematics.  liach  division  has  ten  sections ; 
e.  g.  513  is  Geometry.  Many  of  these  sections  are  further  divided  so 
that  the  minutest  topic  may  have  a  specific  number,  all  after  the  first 
three  figures  being  arranged  as  decimals.  Thus  331.89  is  Strikes,  or 
to  give  the  meaning  of  each  figure  in  order  (as  w^ould  be  seen  at  a 
glance  in  the  book)  —  Sociology  ;  Political  Economy  ;  Capital,  Labor, 
and  Wages  ;  Laboring  Classes ;  Strikes.  All  subjects  in  the  tables 
are  arranged  in  simj^le  arithmetical  order,  and  the  alfabetic  Index 
enables  a  novice  to  assign  the  minutest  topic  to  its  exact  place  in  the 
classification  or  to  find  readily  anything  previously  assigned  b}'  the 
quickest  and  cheapest  method  yet  discovered.  Full  directions  are 
given  for  applying  this  .system  to  its  manifold  uses  and  also  for  varia- 
tions to  meet  special  cases. 

This  scheme,  first  printed  in  1876  in  40  pages,  had  looo  heads  in 
the  Tables  and  the  largest  Subject  Index  then  printed.  The  latest 
edition  has  many  subjects  divided  a  hundredfold  more  minutely  ;  the 
Index  has  20,000  headings.  Ample  space  is  given  for  ms.  notes  in 
the  tables.  It  is  equally  adapted  to  the  largest  public  or  smallest 
])rivate  collection,  to  books,  on  shelves,  pamflets  in  cases,  clippings 
in  scrap  books,  cards  in  catalogs,  notes  in  boxes  and  trays,  etc. 
Wherever  compared  for  econom\-  and  ease  of  adoption  and  use,  it 
is  chosen  above  all  others.  No  person  interested  in  libraries  can 
afford  not  to  investigate  this  system  now  adopted  more  widely  than 
any  half  dozen  others. 

Price  postpaid,  l-'ifth  edition,  1894.  Half  turkey,  gilt  top,  A.  L.  A. 
binding,  $5.00.      P\ill   flexible  Persian  morocco,  red  edges,  i^5.oo. 

13a.  Abridg^ed  Decimal  Classification  and  Relativ  Index 
is  made  in  answer  to  a  demand  for  a  shorter  form  for  small  and 
slowly  growing  libraries.  These  short  (three  figure)  forms  can 
be  changed  to  the  full  class  numbers  at  any  time  without  other 
alteration  than  adding  extra  figures  from  the   unahiidged  tables. 

Price  postpaid.     Cloth,  $1.50. 


8 

13b.  Cutter's  Expansive  classification.  A  logical,  practical 
classification  for  books.  Devised  by  C.  A.  Cutter,  Librarian  of  the 
Forbes  Library,  Northampton,  Massaclnisetts..  This  work  is  not  yet 
completed,  but  to  all  subscribers  of  $5.00  the  sheets  of  each  part  are 
sent  as  issued  from  the  press. 

Brief  description.  It  consists  of  seven  tables  of  classification  of 
progressive  fulness,  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  a  library  at  its  suc- 
cessive stages  of  growth.  The  first  table  has  few  classes  and  no  sub- 
divisions. It  is  meant  for  a  very  small  collection  of  books.  The 
second  has  more  classes  and  some  subdivisions,  but  retains  all  the  old 
classes  with  their  previous  marks.  This  is  intended  for  the  small 
collection  when  it  has  swelled  so  much  that  it  must  be  broken  up  into 
more  parts.  Books  which  are  put  into  the  new  classes  must,  of  course, 
have  new  marks;  but  those  in  the  old  ones  remain  as  they  are:  their 
marks  need  no  change.  In  this  way  the  number  of  the  classes  and 
subclasses  is  gradually  increased,  and  yet  in  each  transition  from  the 
simpler  to  the  more  complex  scheme  the  old  notation  is  preserved;  so 
that  there  is  only  the  absolutely  necessary  amount  of  alteration. 
Passing  through  the  third,  fourth,  fifth,  and  sixth,  it  comes  finally  to 
the  seventh,  which  is  full  and  minute  with  a  capacity  of  increase  to  the 
tenth  power,  for  there  might  be  an  eighth  and  a  ninth  table  if  need  be. 
From  this  adaptation  to  growth  comes  the  name  expansive. 

Notation.  The  first  feature  of  the  notation  is  not  original,  the 
second  is.  The  first  is  the  use  of  the  letters  of  the  alphabet  to  mark 
the  classes,  and  of  a  second  letter  for  the  subdivisions,  and  a  third  for 
their  subdivision.  The  second  feature,  which  is  original,  is  the  use  of 
figures  to  mark  countries,  and  letters  for  all  other  subjects. 

Part  I  contains  the  first  Six  classifications  complete,  with  title  page 
and  index.  Price,  in  sheets,  $1.00. 

Part  2  is  not  yet  completed.  It  consists  of  the  Seventh  classification 
in  full,  with  complete  indexes  to  each  class. 

The  following  classes  are  published  and  may  be  had  in  sheets 
separately:  Price,  Si. 00  each. 

Philosophy,  Religion,  History,  Medicine,  Local  list. 

Social  science-s,  issued  up  to  the  second  sheet,  will  shortly  be  com- 
pleted. Natural  sciences.  Arts,  Fine  arts,  Language  and  literature, 
Book  arts,  and  the  General  index  are  not  yet  published. 

Price  of  complete  work,  S5.00. 

To  libraries  actually  engaged  in  classifying  by  this  method  a  second 
copy  will  be  supplied  gratis. 


13a.  Card  Catalog  Rules.  Library  School  Rules  for  author  and 
classed  catalogs,  with  52  fac-similes  of  sample  cards,  5th  edition  {1894), 
edited  by  Melvil  Dewey,  Director  of  New  York  State  Library  and 
Library  School,  ex-President  American  Library  Association,  with  bibli- 
ography of  catalog  rules  by  Mary  Salome  Cutler,  instructor  in  cataloging 
in  the  Library  School.     Published  by  Library  Bureau. 

These  rules  were  very  carefully  made  up  from  the  A.  L.  A.  Code 
seven  years  ago.  Since  then  they  have  been  in  daily  use  in  the  Columbia 
Library  training  classes,  and  the  5  years  in  the  Library  School.  For 
over  3  years  they  have  been  in  type,  subject  to  constant  criticism 
and  suggestion  from  those  needing  their  help,  and  hundreds  of  minor 
changes  in  wording  and  illustration  have  been  made  in  the  effort  to 
make  them  as  perfectly  as  possible  an  invaluable  guide  to  catalogers. 

The  graphic  illustrations  form  the  most  important  feature.  Fifty-two 
fac-simile  cards  were  found  necessary  to  fully  illustrate  all  the  points. 
These  include  all  details  :  the  names,  titles,  imprint,  capitals,  spacing, 
indention,  reference  and  call  numbers.  They  are  printed  twice  in 
order  to  show  the  red  down  lines  in  proper  position,  and  blue  ink  is 
indicated  by  special  type.  Beside  these  it  has  such  marginal 
explanations,  amplifications  and  variations  from  previous  rules,  as 
have  good  authority;  variations  being  printed  in  italics,  the  others 
in  roman  types.     Nothing  so  complete  has   been    made  before. 

Library  School  Accession  Rules.  [See  31a.]  The  basis  of 
these  rules  was  first  written  by  the  Sec.  of  the  A.  L.  A.  for  Library 
Journal,  vol.  i,  p.  315,  with  the  description  of  the  Standard  Accession 
Book,  which  was  (1877)  adopted  by  the  Cooperation  Committee  of  the 
A.  L.  A.  They  were  later  revised  and  used  in  the  preface  to  this  Acces- 
sion Book.  They  are  now  reprinted  with  additions,  and  such  modifica- 
tions as  use  has  proved  wise,  and  the  frequent  adoption  of  the 
Condensed  Accession  Book  made  necessary.  A  sample  page,  written 
in  the  library  hand,  illustrates  every  rule,  and  is  invaluable  to  the 
cataloger.     Price  in  pamflet  form.  50c. 

Library  School  Shelf  List  Rules.  [See  3ii.]  The  outgrowth 
of  15  years'  use  of  the  L.  B.  shelf  sheets,  and  of  8  years'  experience  in 
teaching  shelf  listing  in  the  School,  they  cover  the  constant  questions 
that  arise,  and  are  fully  illustrated  by  sample  pages,  showing  method  of 
filling  out  both,  the   20  \  25  cm,    and  the  newer,    10x25    cm  forms. 

All  are  printed  on  finest  paper  25x17.'^  cm,  allowing  margin  for 
side  notes.  The  regular  edition  for  the  use  of  catalogers  is  inter- 
leaved with  Imen  paper  to  admit  of  individual  additions. 

Card  Rules,  Accession  Rules,  and  Shelf  List  Rules,  bound  together, 
postpaid,  in  paper  covers,  $1.00;  in  cloth,  $1.25  ;  in  3/2  genuine  turkey 
morocco,  $2.00;  in  full  flexible  persian  morocco,  interleaved,  cataloger's 
edition,  $2.50. 


lO 

13al.  Abi-i<lj»c'(l  Library  School  Kiilcs — Siinplifled  ctli- 
tioii  compiled  for  the  benefit  of  libraries  not  rctjuirin<;-  such  elaborate 
bibliographical  records  as  are  provided  for  in  the  complete  edition.  It 
differs  from  the  original  edition,  in  being  more  explicit,  with  fullei  notes, 
simpler  statements,  and  clearer  definitions  ;  also  in  omitting  the  rules 
for  minute  bibliographical  records. 

This  edition  contains  in  addition.  Rules  for  book  numbers,  capitali= 
zation,  punctuation,  and  library  handwriting. 

These  rules  are  equally  applicable  to  tlictionary  and  classed  catalogs. 
Sample  cards  are  given   illustrating  both   forms. 

This  edition  is  specially  suitable  for  small  public  and  other  libraries. 

1899.  Price  in  cloth,  $1.25  ;  Price  in  paper  (^issued  as  No.  16,  Vol.  4, 
"Library  Notes,")  $1.00. 

13b.  Cutter's  Decimal  author  table.  A  scheme  giving  to 
each  work  its  own  exclusive  book  number,  so  contrived  that  the  books 
stand  on  the  shelves  alfabeted  by  authors  under  each  subject.  With 
the  relative  location,  now  so  largely  adopted  by  libraries,  this  system 
makes  indefinite  intercalation  of  books  possible  in  a  very  simple 
manner.  It  not  only  brings  all  of  an  author's  works  upon  one  subject 
together  upon  the  shelves,  but  allows  of  arranging  still  closer  by  dates 
or  by  alfabeting  under  title,  as  desired.  Devised  by  C.  A.  Cutter, 
Librarian  of  the  Forbes  Library,  Northampton,  it  has  grown  from  its 
use  in  one  library  to  a  wide  adoption  in  others,  as  a  satisfactory  solu- 
tion of  one  of  the  problems  of  close  classification.  Full  explanatory 
circular  mailed  on  application  The  Tables  are  mounted  on  boards, 
strongly  hinged  together,  and  fold  into  compact  form.  Price,  postpaid, 
mounted.   $1.25. 

13c,  Cutter's  alfabetic  orcler  table.  Made  by  Miss  Kate  E. 
Sanborn  on  the  same  jirinciple  as  13b,  but  3  figures  instead  of  2  are 
used  with  the  initial  letter.  It  is  intended  for  libraries  that  have  large 
classes  to  be  arranged  in  alfabetic  order.  2  vols.  Price,  postpaid,  $2.50. 
Sold  separately,  —  vowels  and  S.  $1.00;  Consonants,  except  S,  $1.50, 

131.  List  of  subject  headings  for  use  in  dictionary 
catalog's,  prepared  by  a  committee  of  the  American  Library  Associa- 
tion, second  edition,  revised.  Published  for  the  American  Library  Asso- 
ciation Publishing  Section  by  the  Library  Bureau,  1S98.    6 -|- 206  p.  O. 

There  has  been  nothing  more  puzzling  to  the  novice  in  cataloging 
than  the  variations  of  subject  headings  in  the  various  catalogs.  This 
List  of  subject  headings  furnishes  a  professional  tool  which  has  been 
found  most  helpful.  The  headings  used  in  the  best  dictionary  catalogs 
have  been  carefully  compared  and  the  headings  considered  preferable 
have  been  adopted  by  the  committee  for  this  list.      Price,  cloth,  $2.00. 


I  I 

13e.    Eclectic  card  catalog  rules.   Author  and  title  entries  based 
on  Dziatzko's  "  Instruction  "  compared  with  the  rules  of  the  Brit- 
ish Museum,  Cutter,  Dewey,  Perkins,  and  other  authorities  ;    with 
appendix  containing  a  list  of  Oriental  titles  of  honor  and  occupa- 
tions ;  by  Klas  August  Linderfelt,  ex-Librarian  of  the  Milwaukee 
Public  Library.     Boston,  Charles  A.  Cutter,  1890.      8+104  p.  O. 
"Prof.  Dziatzko's  work,"  says  Mr.  Linderfelt,  "is  a  marvel  of  ingen- 
ious condensation,  lucidity,  and  completeness.       It  would  have   been 
impossible  to  evolve  out  of  mere  theoretical  reasoning  such  an  array  of 
minute  directions  as  to  the  manner  of  proceeding  in  the  innumerable 
variations  and  peculiarities  of  book  making,  which  are  the  result  of  the 
vagaries  of  authors,  publishers,  and  printers  of  the  last  450  years,  and 
now  contribute  their  share  toward  making  the  life  of  the-  conscientious 
cataloger  a  burden.     On  the  contrary,  Prof.  Dziatzko's  rules  arc  the 
outgrowth  of  the  actual  passing  through  his  own  hands  of  every  one  of 
340,000  cards  and  the  330,000  books  and  pamphlets  which  they  recorded  ; 
and  the  examples  he  cites  are  actual  existing  facts." 

Taking  this  as  a  foundation,  Mr.  Linderfelt  has  prepared  a  manual 
suited  to  the  needs  and  habits  of  the  American  cataloger,  who,  in  many 
respects,  has  very  different  ideas  from  his  German  cousin,  and  has  made 
it  in  a  way  an  epitome  of  all  rules  by  his  references  to  other  codifiers. 
The  book  is  excellently  printed  and  well  indexed.     Its  price  is  :  — 

paper  covers ^^1.25 

cloth  boards 1.50 

half  goat,  A.  L.  A.  style  (very  substantial)        .     .     .     2.00 

flexible  Persian  morocco,  interleaved 2.50 

Orders  may  be  addressed  to  Library  Bureau. 
15a.     Library  Notes.     A  journal  of  improved  methods  in  which 
is  given  a  valuable  record  of  the  results  of  the  studies  and  experiments 
conducted  in  the  Library  School,  Allxmy,  N.Y. 

A  feature  of  this  work  is  "literary  methods  and  ]al)t)r-savers."  de- 
voted to  |)ractica],  helpful  rules,  notes,  and  hints  for  cverv  reader  and 
writer  who  would  accomplish  the  most  possible  with  his  time  and 
strength. 

Back  volumes.  Every  one  connected  with  or  interested  in  library 
work,  not  possessing  these  handbooks,  should  secure  them  if  possible. 
I  hev  are  alreadv  \'erv  scarce.  With  the  increasing  number  of  new 
libraries  that  must  lia\e  tliese  volumes,  tlie\-  will  soon  be  unobtainable. 
Prices.  Vol.  i,  bound  in  cloth,  S2. 50;  in  J^  turkey  morocco,  A.  L.  A. 
binding,  ^^3.00,  Vols.  2  and  3  are  paged  and  indexed  as  one  volume. 
The  2  vols,  bound  into  one  book,  in  cloth,  $2.50;  in  |_>  turkey 
morocco.  S3. 00.  Vol.  4,  cloth,  S2.50  ;  '2  turke\-  morocco,  )i>3.oo. 


12 

15b.  Library  Journal.  The  most  important  and  economical 
investment  for  a  library,  new  or  old,  is  a  set  of  the  first  five  vols,  of  this 
official  publication  of  the  Library  Associations  of  America  and  the 
United  Kingdom. 

HhQ  Jo/irnal  vf2i<,  founded  in  1876,  at  the  Centennial,  as  a  means  of 
recording  the  results  of  the  extended  studies  and  experiments  in  all  the 
best  managed  libraries,  large  and  small,  thruout  the  world.  Com- 
mittees of  those  librarians  best  fitted  for  the  work,  for  the  first  five 
years  worked  faithfully  collecting  the  results  of  experiment  and  experi- 
ence, and  from  careful  comparison  recommended  the  best  for  the 
various  uses  of  large  and  small  libraries.  Thus  this  set  of  books 
answers  authoritatively  a  great  portion  of  the  thousands  of  questions 
that  arise  constantly  in  every  library.  It  really  contains  more  on  these 
subjects  than  all  the  rest  of  the  language  together,  and  is  simply  indis- 
pensable in  any  library  wishing  the  best  and  cheapest  methods. 
Tho  the  cost  has  deterred  some  very  poor  libraries,  a  single  sugges- 
tion has  repeatedly  saved  directly  many  times  their  cost.  The  set 
comprises  the  best  results  of  the  labors  for  five  years  of  the  best 
living  authorities  on  library  subjects,  who  considered,  not  alone  the 
questions  which  arose  during  that  time,  but  for  the  purpose  of  aiding 
other  libraries  deliberately  reviewed  other  questions  likely  to  arise. 

This  indispensable  work  is  out  of  print;  and,  as  no  plates  were  made 
and  its  extent  and  cost  make  reprinting  impossible,  it  will  soon  be 
unobtainable.  We  have  a  few  sets  in  perfect  order,  with  indexes,  titles, 
and  plates,  and  offer  the  set  of  five  vols.,  lacking  No.  i  of  vol.  2,  for 
$50.00  unbound.  The  best  regular  A.  L.  A.  1-2  Turkey  morocco  bind- 
ind  costs  $1.25  per  vol.  extra.  As  so  many  of  the  new  libraries  must 
have  this  set  at  some  price,  and  the  supply  is  so  nearly  exhausted,  no 
better  investment  in  books  can  be  made  than  to  buy  and  hold  for  the 
certain  increase  in  price,  to  say  nothing  of  the  great  service  they  will 
render  an  active  library.  We  have  some  extra  copies  of  vols.  4  and  5, 
which  contain  the  most  valuable  matter  in  the  set.  These  can  be  had 
separately  at  $6.00  for  vol.  4,  and  $5.00  for  vol.  5,  till  the  extra  copies 
are  taken.     Vols,  i,  2,  and  3  will  not  be  sold  outside  the  set. 

Subscription  to  current  volume,  $5.00.  Subscribers  receive  with 
current  issue  the  Literary  Neivs  as  a  supplement,  but  not  with  back 
volumes. 


15c.  Public  Libraries.  A  monthly  journal  si)ecially  devoted 
to  the  needs  and  interests  of  small  libraries,  is  no  less  valuable  to  all 
those  directly  or  indirectly  connected  with  the  library  world  in  all  its 
aspects.  The  many  letters  of  inquiry  concerning  small  details  and 
elementary  principles  of  library  work  which  the  larger  libraries  receive 
from  the  smaller  ones,  brought  to  the  notice  of  those  interested  in  the 
advancement  of  libraries,  the  need  of  a  publication  to  give  special 
attention  to  the  more  common  details  and  trials  of  the  small  and  new 
public  libraries.  The  idea  seemed  to  be  spontaneous  in  many  quarters, 
that  a  magazine  of  this  kind,  at  a  price  within  the  means  of  all,  would 
be  of  great  assistance  to  a  large  number  of  earnest  inquirers. 

Puiujc  LiHRAKiKS  was  Started  in  1896  to  meet  this  need.  It  deals 
with  all  phases  of  library  work  in  a  concise,  simple  way,  giving  the  best 
aid  to  those  who  need  it.  There  is  also  a  large  variety  of  items  of 
news,  such  as  encourage  and  inspire  small,  as  well  as  large,  libraries  to 
put  forth  their  best  efforts  to  accomplish  something  of  value  to  the 
library  world. 

The  editors,  keeping  in  mind  the  natural  connection  between  schools 
and  libraries,  have  made  special  efforts  to  collect  items  of  interest  to 
principals  and  teachers  of  public  schools,  as  well  as  to  those  connected 
with  university  and  college  libraries. 

Pur.Lic  LiiJRARiES  was  designed  to  supplement  rather  than  take  the 
place  of  the  Library  Journal  and  other  library  publications.  Its  care- 
ful reports  of  matters  of  interest  to  members  of  the  American  Library 
Association  and  of  the  meetings  of  the  various  State  associations  and 
library  clubs  have  recommended  it  to  the  attention  of  library  workers 
everywhere:  —  while  the  attention  given  to  the  elementary,  but  no  less 
important  details  of  library  work  makes  it  suggestive  to  all  and  invalu- 
able to  less  experienced  workers.  No  effort  is  spared  in  carrying  out 
the  object  of  this  periodical,  which  is  to  promote  the  principles  of  the 
A.  L.  A.,  "  the  best  reading  for  the  largest  number  at  the  least  cost "'  — 
forward  the  interests  of  State  library  associations  in  every  possible 
way  —  keep  librarians  of  small  libraries  in  touch  with  the  work  going 
on  in  large  ones,  and  to  encourage  the  founding  of  new  libraries  and 
building  up  of  those  already  established. 

Published  monthly,  except  in  the  months  of  August  and  September, 
by  Library  Bureau,  215  Madison  St.,  Chicago,  —  subscription  price  for 
the  volume  of  ten  numbers,  $1.00  a  year.  P'ive  subscriptions  are  sent 
on  one  order  for  $4.00.      A  single  number  costs  20  cents. 

A  few  of  the  earlier  volumes  may  yet  be  had  at  $3.00  each. 


14 

Woodwork  department.  The  Library  Bureau  owns  two  wood- 
working factories,  giving  employment  to  i  50  men  and  upwards.  One 
factory  is  situated  in  Boston  and  the  other  in  Chicago.  In  these  on]\' 
the  most  skilled  workmen  are  employed  and  the  products  are  of  the 
highest  standard. 

The  Bureau  has  no  facilities  for  doing  low  grade  or  cheap  work. 
We  use  large  quantities  of  lumber,  and,  therefore,  obtain  it  at  the 
lowest  rates.  We  are  equipped  with  the  latest  and  best  machinery, 
some  of  it  being  our  own  invention,  which,  with  our  skilled  labor, 
gives  us  every  facility  for  doing  first-class  work  at  moderate  prices. 
Particular  attention  is  paid  to  the  mechanical  points  of  construction, 
and  the  greatest  care  is  taken  to  obtain  the  most  durable  result,  with 
the  handsomest  appearance. 

This  involves  many  details  which  are  not  at  iirst  apparent,  but 
appear  in  the  finish  and  permanence  of  the  work. 

In  our  draughting  room  the  problems  of  construction  are  carefully 
considered.  Special  designs  are  made,  as  well  as  "lay-outs  "  of  librar\- 
rooms.  Our  wide  experience  in  fitting  up  libraries  and  oiifices  has 
given  our  staff  the  necessary  technical  tiaining  to  secure  the  best 
results.     All  of  this  expert  experience  is  offered  to  our  customers. 

We  shall  be  pleased  to  estimate  on  architect's  drawings  for  stacks, 
bookcases,  bulletin  boards,  delivery  counters,  revolving  map  and  photo- 
graph screens,  newspaper  and  periodical  racks,  wardrobes,  tables, 
chairs,  children's  reading-room  furniture,  and  other  articles  which  may 
be  needed  in  fitting  up  a  library,  or  we  can  furnish  full  lay-outs  and 
special  designs  for  the  work. 

Our  development  has  been  equally  great  in  fitting  up  banks,  offices, 
and  stores.  Some  of  the  finest  work  in  the  country  has  been  done  by 
the  Library  Bureau,  and  it  is  generally  conceded  that  our  work,  in 
any  building  in  wdiich  we  have  executed  contracts,  is  the  best  in  the 
buildins;. 

We  shall  be  pleased  to  suggest  to  those  interested  in  new  librar}' 
buildings  the  best  and  most  efficient  arrangement  of  interiors,  fittings 
and  furniture  to  secure  the  most  economical  administration  and  artistic 
effect. 

We  solicit  correspondence  with  architects  and  library  trustees,  as- 
suring them  of  the  expert  knowledge  of  technical  detail  derived  from 
years  of  experience. 

The  following  illustrations  show  some  of  the  specialities  in  library 
fittings  designed  and  carried  out  by  the  Library  Bureau. 


3 
rt 

1) 

u 
3 

m 

OS 
JO 

u 
•a 


•a 
c 
« 

T3 

U 
C 

en 

-a 

p 


£ 

o 
o 


03 

-a 
.2 

a, 


1 6 


3 
u 

3 

m 
>> 

u 


T3 
C 
nl 

•a 
c 
.5? 

■a 


•a 

c 

en 


(U 
> 

Q 


17 


3 
I) 

3 

03 


XI 

1) 

•a 


t3 
1) 

M 

u 

•3 

m 

o 
>. 

0! 


tUO 
O 


i8 


3 

i-i 
3 

m 


XI 

Si 

V 


c 

■d 
u 
C 

73 


C 
u 


O 

O 
u 
I 

<u 
o 
c 


Pi 


19 


3 
« 

u 
3 

oa 


-o 

M 

E 

•a 

c 

c« 

•O 

C 
bo 

CO 

u 

« 

3 

4-' 

c 

.3 


e 

o 
o 

l-l 

L 

c 

w 
o 


O 


20 


3 

u 
u 

P 

P3 


D 

E 

c 

-a 
c 

-a 


3 


c 
_>. 

o 

o 

m 


en 

C 


(X 

E 
o 
o 

b£ 
_C 

■S 
W 


c 

(U 


21 


3 
a 

3 

PQ 


>> 

<u 
rt 

6 

■o 

c 

•a 
C 
'S 

1) 
u 
3 


e 

O 

o 


22 


Miwteiiin  F  limit  lire.  The  Library  Bureau  for  several  year*  has- 
made  a  study  of  special  furniture,  one  branch  of  which  haa  been  devoted; 
to  museum  furniture. 

We  have  fitted  many  of  the  leading  museums  with  specimen  cases^ 
tables,  cabinets,  photo«Taph  cases,  etc., — equal  in  every  respect  toovar 
library  furniture. 

Hspecial  attention  is  given  to  the  selection  of  wood;,  giasfy-^  and  hard- 
ware ;  (jur  cases  are  dust  proof,  and  have  interchangeable  draweni,  which 
are  very  convenient,  and  save  space. 

The  library  architects  appreciate  our  work,  and  quite  often  specify 
Libraiy  Bureau  furniture 

Complete  information,  designs,  and  estimates  wiH  be  given  out 
application. 

Following  are  a  few  cuts  which  illustrate  the  work  in  this  department. 


Swinging  frames  for  bulletins,  photographs,  etc. 


23 


D 

c 

0) 


O 

o 


e 

01 

n 

e 
3 


n 

D 

a 

D 


a 

ft 

cr 


CO 
c 
-1 
n 
ft) 
c 


24 


D 
n! 
(U 
(-1 

DQ 

n! 

Ui 

XI 

1) 

B 

■a 

c 

rj 

T3 

aj 

C 
hjj 

a; 
X) 

u 
tn 

o 

x; 
a. 

01 

O 

o 

X 


« 

V 
u 

P 

Da 


x; 


0! 


O 
O 


26 

Library  Bureau  patent  steel  stack.  The  Library  Hureau  steel 
stack  represents  the  experience  of  the  best  e.\i)erts,  combined  with 
the  practical  experieiice  and  artistic  skill  and  ingenuity  of  the  finest 
ornamental  metal-workers  in  the  country.  The  three  essentials  for  a 
stack  are : 

1.  Absolute  adjustability  of  shelving:  each  shelf  should  be  capable 
of  independent  remoxal. 

2.  An  indestructible  rigid  construction  which  should  furnish  struc- 
tural support  for  two,  three,  four,  or  more,  storied  stacks,  and  at  the 
same  time  present  a  compact  and  graceful  appearance  for  a  single 
hight,  often  required  in  a  reference  or  reading  room. 

3.  The  least  possible  obstruction  to  light  and  the  greatest  possible 
amount  of  ventilation. 

These  requirements  have,  after  years  of  experiment,  been  achieved 
in  the  L.  B.  diamond  frame  steel  stack,  which  has  been  more  widely 
adopted  than  any  other  form. 

It  consists  simply  of  single  steel  uprights  placed  at  regular  distances 
apart,  reinforced  to  carry  any  required  load,  and  tied  together  in  regular 
building  construction  ;  and  brackets  adjustably  but  rigidly  attached 
to  the  uprights,  with  shelves  neatly  fitted  to,  and  supported  thereon. 
This  construction  does  away  with  unnecessary  ends  and  intermediate 
divisions  which  obstruct  tlie  light  and  prevent  ventilation,  both  equally 
essential  to  the  preservation  of  the  books.  Where  it  is  planned  to  add 
future  floors  and  stacks  to  a  library  the  original  stack  is  built  strong- 
enough  to  carry  any  required  weight  ;  the  added  expense  of  such  con- 
struction is  slight,  and  future  floors  can  be  erected  without  moving  the 
books  or  changing  the  arrangement  in  any  particular.  This  construc- 
tion is  adapted  to  carry  gas  and  electric  conduits  in  the  most  satisfactory 
way  for  lighting  the  aisles  between  the  stacks  and  throwing  sufficient 
illumination  on  the  book  shelves.  Aisles  between  the  stacks  should 
be  3  feet  wide  if  possible,  and  never  less  than  30  Jnches.  For  stacks 
of  two  or  more  stories  we  construct  light  ornamental  iron  stairways  ; 
the  treads  being  made  either  of  iron,  marble,  or  glass.  A  straight 
stairway  is  usually  best  and  least  expensive,  but  in  some  libraiies  spiral 
staircases  can  be  erected  to  greater  advantage. 

The  L.  11  steel  stack  floors  can  be  placed  close  together  without 
inconvenience  or  loss  of  light  ;  the  patented  steel  and  glass  floor  is  easily 
kept  clean  and  is  more  durable  than  any  other.  Not  an  inch  of  vertical 
space  is  lost. 

Double  stacks  as  shown  in  illustrations  on  pages  33-36.  are  generally 
used  in  library  stack  rooms  as  being  most  commodious  anil  convenient. 


27 


Where  these  are  set  up  the  iipriglits  have  clamp  strijxs  on  both  sides 
and  the  shelves  face  both  ways.  This  stack,  unlike  man}'  others,  })re- 
sents  no  projections  (jr  rough  edgi-s  to  injure  the  books,  and  every  detail 
has  been  the  result  of  careful  studv  to  secure  the  best  result.  The 
steel  uprights  or  standards  are  made  7  feet  6  inches  high  to  allow 
for  eight  shelves  in  each  section,  tliey  have  ornamented  cap  and  base 
as  shown  in  illustration  on  page  32,  and  are  provided  with  clamping- 
bars  on   each   side  to  carry  a  double  series  of    the  cast-iron  brackets 

which  are  neatly  cast, 
carefully  finished,  and 
held  securely  to  the  up- 
right b\'  means  of  a 
bronze  lug  having  a  case- 
hardened  steel  screw. 
The  compression  of  the 
lug  on  one  side  of  the 
clamp  strip  and  the  inner 
edge  of  the  bracket  on 
the  other  forms  an  abso- 
lutely binding  connec- 
tion. The  princii)le  of 
the  lug,  which  is  made  of  bronze  to  avoitl  corrosion,  allows  of  the  re- 
moval of  the  bracket  from  the  ui)right  so  that  entire  shelves  can  be 
removed  from,  or  added  to,  the  stack  at  will. 

The  brackets  are  capable  of  unlimited  ornamentation  in  design  and 
are  finished  in  Bovver-barff,  bronze  plating,  graphite  paint,  and  enamel 
in  various  colors.  The\'  are  rigitll\'  yet  adjustabh'  hxed  to  the  u[)- 
rights. 

The  shelves  are  interchangeable  and  independentlv  removable,  and 
neither  the  shelf  nor  its  contents  need  be  removed  for  the  purpose  of 
raising  or  lowering.  Ivicli  shelf  biacket  is  minuteh"  adjustable  from 
the  front  of  the  shelf  and  can  be  operated  b\'  an\'  one,  no  skilled 
mechanical   knowledge   being  required. 

The  shelves  slide  into  a  groove  cast  in  the  bi"acket  side,  tluis  pre- 
venting the  cover  ot  a  book  liom  catching  between  the  end  of  the  shelf 
and  bracket  ;  they  are  grooved  on  the  front  edge  to  hold  shelf  labels, 
and  are  made  of  wood,  3  feet  long  ami  S  inches  or  12  inches  wide. 

All  shelves  in  a  stack  should  be  uniform  in  length  to  admit  of  ]-ead\- 
interchange  and  to  allow  a  standard  shelf  full  in  moving  books.  Wider 
and  roller  shelves  can  be  provided  for  large  folios  or  heav\'  xolumes. 
Steel   shelves  can  be  fitted  if  re(|uired.  but  they  are  not  recomment-ied  ; 


28 

as  steel,  bcinp^  a  conductor  of  licat,  is  apt  to  warp  and  damaL;c  books  in 
case  of  lire,  ]uui'c  tliau  would  he  the  case  wilii  llie  L.  Ix  nictal-sheathcd 
shcl\-es,  which  arc  absolute  non-conductors,  and  therefore  fire-proof. 

Wall  stacks  carrvin"-  brackets  and  shelves  on  one  side  only  are  held 
in  place  ai;ainst  the  wall  b\-  hooks  passing-  over  the  tie-rod  and  attaching;' 
to  the  wall.  All  parts  are  interchangeable,  and  can  l)e  made  for  wall 
or  floor  use,  the  uprights  being  held  in  absolute  position  antl  relation 
to  each  other  b\'  means  of  four  long  steel  tie-rods  passing  through  steel 
pipe  washers  placed  between  the  ui)rights,  while  long  washers  of  uni- 
form length  exactly  fix  the  spacing  of  the  uprights.  Lateral  rigidity 
is  secured  b\'  four  adjustable  sway-rods,  diagonally  placed  from  point 
to  point   in   the  diamond   frame,  which   are  fixed    in   place  by  a  single 


compression-screw  capable  of  regulation  by  hand  without  tools  of  any 
kind. 

Skill  and  experience  of  the  highest  standard  are  represented  in  every 
detail  of  tliis  stack.  The  fact  that  it  has  been  adopted  by  over  lOO 
libraries  proves  its  practical  value. 

No  librarv  requiring  shelving  can  afford  to  decide  before  seeing  and 
considering  the  Librarv  Bureau  stack-^.  Designs  and  estimates,  or 
lav-outs,  for  this  and  other  forms  ol  L.  B.  i)atented  stacks  or  shelving 
furnished  on  application. 


29 


Outside  pilaster  end  of  upright. 


;o 


Library  Bureau  patented   steel  stack,   showing  lighting  device 


31 


3 
u 


3 
(L) 

in 

-a 
c 

•a 

V 

c 
bf 
</] 

V 

Jii 
U 


c 

1) 
IX 


32 


2 


c 

o 
o 


3 


(/I 


a. 

o 

u 
_C 

•a 
o 


33 


3 
c4 
V 
u 

3 

PQ 

11 
>s 

ex, 

3 
u 

-o 

M 

T) 
V 

C 
W) 

55 

0) 

u 

OS 


1) 


34 

31a.     L.  B.  Book  Truck.     One  of  the  most  useful  devices  ever 

made  for  an  active  library.  Will  save  its  cost  each  year  in  books  and 
time.  The  Truck  is  lOO  cm  (40  in.)  long,  100  cm  (40  m.)  high,  and 
35  cm  (14  in.)  wide.  The  shelves  hold  two  rows  each,  or  six  full 
shelves  of  books;  i.  e.  nearly  as  much  as  an  entire  book-case.  Ail 
these  are  in  position  to  examine  and  handle  while  sitting, —  a  great 
gain  when  checking  bills,  cataloging,  etc.,  as  it  saves  bending  over 
tables  or  repeated  handlings. 


The  special  Library  Bureau  Wheels  made  by  us  for  these  Trucks 
are  very  heavy,  large,  and  covered  with  rubber,  so  that  the  entire  load 
may  be  moved  with  the  greatest  ease  and  noiselessly.  The  peculiar 
adjustment  of  these  wheels  allows  a  rotary  motion,  so  that  the  loaded 
Truck  is  a  revolving  book-case  of  the  most  convenient  kind,  and  enables 
the  Truck  to  follow  narrow  aisles  and  make  sharp  turns  impossible  to 
any  other  form  ;  while  the  rubber  shields  on  the  sides  make  injuring  of 
woodwork  impossible.  These  various  features  make  the  Truck  indis 
pensable. 

The  books  when  taken  from  the  box  or  package  arc  placed  on  the 
Truck,  which  is  rolled  from  one  desk  ur  department  to  another,  till 


bills  are  checked,  all  the  various  records  and  catalogs  written  up,  plates, 
labels,  and  numbers  put  in,  etc.,  etc.,  and  the  books  reach  their  perma- 
nent shelves.  In  all  moving,  cleaning,  and  re-arranging,  the  Trucks 
are  in  constant  use,  as  well  as  in  returning  books  to  shelves  from  the 
Loan  Desk.  The  books  as  returned  are  set  on  their  proper  Truck 
shelf;  and  when  the  Truck  is  filled  a  boy  rolls  it  around  the  aisles  and 
through  the  alcoves,  and  replaces  the  books,  which  in  all  this  work 
stand  on  firm  shelves  uninjured,  while  without  the  Truck  they  are 
carried  in  armfuls,  bindings  are  scratched  and  wrenched,  threads 
broken,  and  the  books  seriously  injured.  For  these  heavy  loads  and 
constant  use  we  find  the  very  best  material  and  workmanship  none  too 
good.  The  Trucks  are  of  polished,  quartered  oak,  strongly  braced,  the 
sides  covered  with  rubber  to  protect  from  injuring  furniture,  and  the 
wheels  are  fitted  with  great  nicety  and  perfection,  to  secure  easy, 
noiseless  working  and  the  ability  to  run  the  truck  around  corners 
and  in  narrow  aisles. 

21a.  L.  B.  Book  Truck,  4-inch  heavy  rubber  wheels  $25.00 
21b.  Book  Truck.  Besides  the  standard  L.  B.  above,  we  make 
one  of  a  lower  grade  and  of  the  same  size,  but  fitted  with  smaller  wheels, 
and  not  entirely  noiseless.  These  are  satisfactory  in  many  cases, 
though  not  as  well  finished  or  as  easy  running.  There  is  less  rubber 
mounting,  but  sufficient  to  keep  the  truck  from  marring  fine  finish, 
with  reasonable  care.     Made  in  ash  only.     Price      .         .         S  15.00. 

21e.     L.    B.    Book   Tray.      For    the     same    purposes    as     the 
L.  B.  Trucks,  but  holding  only  one  eighth  as  many  books.      Like  the 
Trucks  these  are  of  polished,  quartered  oak  with  rubber  mounting,  to 
"uard  against  noise  or  scratching  of  tables  when  set   down.      Handles 
at  the  end  make  them  convenient  for  moving  about,  and  broad,  adjust- 
able carrying  straps  with  spring  attachments  allow  the  entire  tray-load 
to  be  suspended  from  the  shoulders,  so  that  both  hands   are  free   for 
handling  books.     Care  is  taken  in  the  construction  to  get   the  best 
size,  balance,   etc.     These   Trays    are    used  wherever  several   books 
are  to  be  carried  about ;  e.  g.,  a  cataloger  takes  a  half  shelf  of  books  on 
a  Tray  and  sets  it  on  her  table.     Each  book  is  replaced   as   fast  as 
cataloged,  and  the  entire  Tray-full  is  carried  from  one  table  or  depart- 
ment to  the  next,  and  finally  to  the  shelf  again,  saving  the  injury  from 
careless  handling.     Like  the  L.  B.  Book  Truck,  the  Tray  saves  much 
time,    protects    the    books,  and    is    of  great    convenience    and    utility. 
Those  who  have  used  them  find  them  indispensable. 
2ie.     L.  B.  Book  Tray  of  polished,  quartered  oak,  rub- 
ber mounted,  complete  with  straps  for  carrying  from 
the  shoulders         ........  $4.50 

2 If.     Same,  without  straps         .•«...  3.00 


36 

Card   Catalog 

"  It  is  hardly  necessary  in  1887  to  say  that  every  library  should 
have  a  card  catalog  instead  of  any  of  the  various  clumsy  substitutes, 
for  its  enormous  advantages  over  the  other  systems  have  been  almost 
universally  acknowledged  and  it  hardly  seems  credible  that  any  one 
familiar  with  the  library  world  would  e\'en  raise  the  questi<ui  as  to 
whether  the  card  catalog  was  the  best  form  for  the  official  library 
record  by  authors  and  subjects.  .  .  .  While  there  is  wide  difference 
of  opinion  as  to  the  best  form  of  catalog  to  supply  to  the  public,  all 
agree  that  an  author  index  on  cards  kept  up  to  date  is  a  necessity  of 
safe  administration,  to  guard  against  buying  duplicates  and  chiefly  to 
answer  most  directly  and  quickly  the  constant  question  —  is  such  a 
book  in  the  library  ?  "  —  Lib.  Notes,  vo/.  I. 

The  Card  Catalog  is  a  series  of  cards  properly  ruled  for  their 
special  use,  of  exactly  the  same  size,  and  standing  on  the  edge  in 
drawers,  boxes,  or  trays.  They  may  be  arranged  on  any  plan,  alfa- 
betically  by  subjects  or  titles,  or  by  numbers  or  dates.  Blocks,  guides, 
cards,  devices  to  prevent  drawers  from  spilling  or  cards  from  being  mis- 
placed, locks,  and  label-holders  and  various  other  ingenious  and  almost 
essential  accessories  are  now  used  by  all  who  know  of  them.  The  great 
feature  which  has  caused  librarians  the  world  over  to  count  the  card 
catalog  as  the  greatest  library  invention,  is  the  ease  of  keeping  it  up  to 
date  and  in  perfect  order.  A  new  card  can  be  put  into  place  anywhere 
at  any  time.  A  single  reference  takes  the  place  of  search  thru  pages 
of  Mss.  It  never  becomes  out  of  date  or  useless.  Anything  can  be 
removed,  if  wished,  by  simply  lifting  out  its  card.  The  guards  allow 
cards  to  be  added  or  withdrawn  by  the  proper  person  with  the  greatest 
ease,  but  prevent  others  from  removing  or  confusing  their  order.  The 
cards,  being  cut  by  special  machinery  to  an  exact  size,  are  turned  thru 
the  fingers  with  great  rapidity  in  looking  up  any  matter,  and  the 
guides  enable  one  to  open  very  near  the  exact  place  at  sight,  and  every 
card  has  the  name,  number,  or  subject  by  which  it  is  arranged  written 
on  the  upper  edge.  From  an  author's  catalog  it  has  spread  to  an 
almost  infinite  application.  Every  list,  record,  index,  etc.,  that  is  in  a 
state  of  growth  can  be  thus  kept  with  great  saving  of  labor.  Business 
houses  find  it  invaluable  for  lists  of  goods,  customers,  discounts,  and 
the  1,000  growing  records  of  commerce.  Science  adopts  it  even  more 
widely,  and  its  use  is  spreading  with  growing  rapidity.  Each  item 
being  on  a  separate  card,  the  whole  may  be  rearranged  over  and  over 
by  simply  shuffling  into  the  new  order.  There  is  no  copying  nor 
waste  of  labor.  Its  enormous  advantages  once  learned  from  use  of  a 
perfect  outfit,  it  is  sure  to  be  applied  to  new  uses. 


37 

Tray  cases.  (Nos.  220!  2  to  22d  96.)  These  have  been  devised  to 
fill  two  requirements.  The  smaller  tray  outfits  furnish  a  more  portable 
and  convenient  form  than  drawers  afford  for  an  index  of  a  few  thou- 
sand references,  and  the  larger  outfits  meet  the  demands  of  large  libra- 
ries for  a  form  of  card  catalog  requiring  less  floor  space  than  the  L  B 
cases.  Tray  cases  can  be  built  against  the  wall,  and  the  full  space 
from  the  floor  to  the  highest  point   within   arm's  reach   utilized. 


The  trays  are  removable  and  can  easily  be  handled,  each  tray  being 
only  one  half  the  width  of  an  L  B  drawer  and  two  thirds  the  length, 
holding  a  single  row  of  cards.  The  catalog  is  thus  divided  into  small 
sections  enabling  more  persons  to  consult  it  at  any  one  time,  a  ver}' 
important  advantage  in  libraries.  Small  tray  cases  are  sold  by  the 
thousand  ;  while  the  larger  tray  outfits  have  been  adopted  in  place  of 
drawers  at  the  Boston  Athenaeum,  St.  Louis  public,  McGill  college, 
Princeton  college,  New  York  State,  and  other  large  libraries,  and  have 
been  found  the  most  satisfactory  plan  for  storing  a  large  catalog. 

The  12,  15,  and  20  tray  cases  are  made  flush  ends  and  top,  so 
libraries  may  buy  sections  as  they  require  and  build  up.  The  others 
have  finished  mouldings.  All  are  handsomely  paneled,  and  are  finely 
finished. 


38 

Beside  the  case  for  holdinc^  the  cards,  the  following  interior  fittinofs 
are  required  to  secure  the  best  results:  — 

Blocks.  These  are  triangular  blocks  at  each  end  of  each  row  of 
cards,  giving  them  the  proper  angle  for  easiest  reference.  The  front 
block  is  glued  in  place  to  prevent  sliding  in  opening  and  shutting  the 
drawer,  the  rear  one  is  adjustable  and  can  be  fixed  at  anv  point.  This 
enables  the  user  to  shorten  the  card  space  in  each  drawer  so  as  to  fit 
any  number  of  cards  and  approximately  assign  space  of  a  full  case,  as 
it  will  ultimately  be  filled.  Four  blocks  are  required  to  each  drawer, 
or  two  to  each  tray. 

Guides 

Next  in  importance  to  having  the  cards  legibly  written  and  arranged 
in  strict  order,  is  the  insertion  of  frequent  and  legible  guides.  These 
mark  location  closely,  and  enable  the  users  to  turn  instantly  to  any 
desired  name,  topic,  or  number  in  the  card  index.  With  the  outside 
of  the  drawer  labeled  to  indicate  limits  of  each  section,  one  goes  to  the 
case,  however  large,  and  "runs  down"  the  reference  desired  at  sight. 
The  guides  point  both  ways,  and  if  used  witli  proper  frequency  reduce 
the  handlmg  of  the  cards  to  a  few  tun-iinL;s.  Where  the  catalog  or 
index  is  much  consulted,  guides  should  be  used  with  great  freedom  ; 
one  is  not  likelv  to  err  on  the  side  of  having  too  manv. 

Bristol  guides  are  from  specially  prepared  bristol  board  made  of 
linen  to  secure  the  greatest  durability,  cut  so  as  to  allow  an  upright 
projection  above  the  cards  of  one  fifth,  one  third,  or  one  half  length, 
according  to  the  space  needed  for  title.  This  projection  is  one  half 
cm.  wide,  and  so  cut  that  in  the  series  of  two,  three,  or  five  guides 
standing  in  sequence,  one  does  not  obstruct  the  reading  of  the  other. 
The  bristol  guides  have  largely  taken  the  place  of  all  other  forms 
because   of   cheapness,    ease  of   writing,  and    cleanliness. 

24fl.  Bristol  guides.  Size  for  No.  32  cards.  Cut  in  half, 
third,  and  fifth  lengths.  Made  in  white,  salmon,  buff,  and  blue. 
$5.00  per   1000. 

24:f2.  Bristol  g'uides.  Same  as  24fi,  only  to  fit  No.  y^^  cards. 
$6.00  per  1000. 

Printed  guides.  To  obtain  the  most  legible  guides  possible  we 
have  invented  machinery  which  enables  us  to  print  any  series  of  head- 
ings in  clear  type  at  very  little  more  cost  than  writing  in  longhand  or 
on  the  typewriter.      The  gain  in  distinctness  is  great. 

For  one  coj)y  of  any  special   series  to  order  the  charge  is  2c.  per 


39 


guide  for  printing  ;  each  additional  impression  50c.  per  100.  Copy  of 
headings  should  be  sent  in  strict  alfabetic  order.  Samples,  printed 
or  plain,  sent  on  application. 


Sunday 

T^Sdiy 


ijyar 


/ 


24f  5.     A  to  Z  guides.     Size  for  33  cards.      Price  25c. 

24 fO.  3Ioiitli  g'uides.  Names  of  the  months.  Size  for  33 
cards.      Made  in   buff  and  blue.     Price  per  set,    15c. 

24f  8.  Week  guides.  Names  of  the  days  of  the  week.  Size  for 
33  cards.     Made  in  buff.      Price  per  set,  loc. 

24flO.     Day  guides.     Numbered  i  to  31.     Price  per  set,  30c. 

;<J4fl2.  State  guides.  Names  of  the  states  and  territories. 
Size  for   t^t,  cards.      Made  in  buff.      Price  per  set,  50c. 


40 

Patoiit  lock-guard  rods.  A  steel  rod  with  brass  knob  or 
thumb-screw  is  j)assed  from  the  front  or  face  of  the  drawer  through 
the  cards,  which  are  properly  ]:)unchL'd  for  that  purpose.  A  simple 
mechanism,  which  is  hidden  by  the  brass  escutcheon  on  the  drawer 
front,  locks  the  rod  in  place.  It  is  unlocked  by  a  few  turns  of  the 
hand,  and  can  be  removed  instantly  if  desired.  These  obviate  the 
possibility  of  cards  being  taken  out  or  misplaced  by  the  careless  or 
mischievous,  as  well  as  prevent  cards  from  "jumping"  when  the 
drawer  is  closed  quickly. 

Label-holders  on  the  drawer  front,  made  of  solid  bronze  and 
very  handsome,  to  frame  safely  cards  which  indicate  the  limits  of  each 
section. 

Prices:  fitting  labels  2  x  5  cm.  and  2  x  jyi  cm.,  15c.  each;  5  x  7>4 
cm..  20c.  each. 

Printed  labels  for  insertion  in  label-holders  accompany  each 
complete  outfit.  These  assign  space  in  drawers,  and  serve  as  guides  in 
consulting  or  placing  cards  in  the  index. 

Patent  locking  attachment.  In  many  instances  there  is  a 
necessity  for  locking  the  card  index  outfit  from  the  curious,  careless,  or 
mischievous,  to  guard  valuable  or  confidential  lists  from  being  tampered 
with.  The  patent  L  B  attachment  is  effective,  takes  no  space  from 
the  capacity  of  the  drawer  and  does  not  increase  the  size  of  the  case. 
It  is  an  ingenious  device  by  which  every  drawer  is  locked  automatically. 
It  is  only  applied  to  cases  when  so  ordered,  and  costs  50  cents  per 
drawer  additional. 


41 

Cards 

It  is  of  the  utmost  importance  that  these  be  accurately  cut,  and  in 
every  respect  as  perfect  as  experience  and  ingenuity  can  make  them. 
The  Bureau  has  at  large  expense  fitted  up  machinery  for  producing 
perfect  cards  of  every  grade. 

Its  cards  will  be  found  to  have  a  true  edge  on  both  sides,  headlines 
and  margins  of  uniform  width,  and  every  card  exact  in  hight,  thus 
making  consultation  easy  and  quick.  Years  of  experience  have  proved 
that  the  best  results  in  card  indexes  and  catalogs  can  be  attained  only 
when  each  individual  card  is  perfect  in  itself,  and  of  exactly  the  right 
size. 

These  results  have  been  attained  by  long  trial  and  the  use  of  special 
machinery  invented  and  used  only  by  us.  No  other  house  in  the  world 
is  fully  equipped  for  this  work. 


Things    to   avoid 

Cards  of  varying  /lights.  In  fingering  it  is  almost  impossible  to  catch 
and  separate  a  short  card  from  a  tall  one. 

Machine-cut  Cards.  All  cards  should  have  a  square  equal  edge  on 
the  top  for  handling.  Cutting  by  machine  or  die  leaves  one  edge 
rounding,  the  other  with  a  "burr."  We  have  tried  both  die  and 
machine  cutting,  after  incurring  large  expense  for  special  dies,  and 
have  found  the  result  unsatisfactory  after  years  of  trial. 

Round  corners.  These  are  a  necessity  with  die-cut  cards,  but  entail 
the  loss  of  the  sharp,  square  corner,  so  useful  in  quick  handling. 

Varying  head  and  doiou  lines,  which  seriously  affect  legibility  of  the 
index.  The  L  B  cards  of  all  grades  will  be  found  without  these 
defects. 

Sizes.  The  following  standards  have  been  more  widely  adopted 
than   all  others  combined  :  — 

Xo.  32.  5  x  12  1-2  cm.  \2  x  5  in.  approximately)  is  the  one  formerly 
adopted  by  libraries  for  author  and  title  catalogs,  now  however  largely 
displaced  for  this  purpose,  by  No.  33.  It  gives  space  for  brief  entries 
only. 

No.  33.  7  1-2  X  12  1-2  cm.  (3x5  in.  approximately).  This  is  the 
most  used  size  and  of  a  hight  to  be  read  easily.  The  cards  when  stand- 
ing at  the  angle  given  them  by  the  blocks  at  each  end  of  each  row,  show 
the  larger  portion  of  their  surface  without  further  separation,  while  in 


42 

shorter  cards  there  is  a  possibility  of  having  to  hold  them  apart  for 
reading  if  the  drawer  or  tray  is  at  all  full.  This  size  is  large  enough 
for  nearly  all  requirements.  The  danger  in  adopting  a  special  size  is  of 
its  being  larger  than  needed.  The  practise  of  writing  on  the  page  of  a 
blank  book  often  leaves  the  sense  at  first  that  a  condensed  card  is 
inadequate.  The  desire  for  a  large  card  is  more  from  mental  habit 
than  actual  requirement.  A  list  is  apt  to  grow  into  greater  dimensions 
than  anticipated,  and  the  large  card  increases  bulk  and  cost  of  both 
cards  and  cases.  We  therefore  urge  our  clients  to  adopt  our  standard 
for  which  we  have  every  device  and  accessory  made  to  fit.  With  an 
odd  size  these  important  helps  have  to  be  made  to  order  at  extra  cost 
and  consequent  delay. 

This  standard  33  size  adopted  by  the  American  Library  Association 
and  library  schools,  and  made  by  the  Bureau,  has  proved  so  satisfactory, 
and  so  great  a  convenience  for  filing,  that  the  United  States  Govern- 
ment has  recently  adopted  it  for  postal-cards,  issued  by  the  post-ofifice 
department,  which  adoption  can  be  considered  a  great  compliment  to 
the  library  profession. 

It  is  also  used  for  most,  if  not  all,  of  the  co-operative  and  interna- 
tional card  catalog  work.  In  every  case  this  size  will  be  found  the 
most  satisfactory  for  all  catalogs,  lists,  or  indexes. 

Punching.  Most  cards  sold  are  punched  for  the  guard  rod.  With- 
out punching  they  are  15  cents  per  M  less  than  prices  given. 

Ruling".  The  standard  ruling  for  library  use  is  shown  in  the 
diagram  on  page  29.  Any  special  ruling  can  be  had  to  order.  Cards 
without  down  lines  are  carried  in  stock  at  same  price. 

For  typewriter  use  cards  without  the  cross  lines,  except  the  head 
line,  are  preferable.  The  head  line  enables  the  reading  of  the  initial 
entry  more  quickly,  and  gives  uniformity  to  the  series. 

The  L.  B.  standard  linen  cards  are  from  linen  ledger  stock. 
Our  paper  mill  put  in  an  entirely  new  engine  of  special  power  at  large 
expense,  to  produce  bristol  from  linen  stock.  We  now  offer  linen 
ledger  paper  in  our  heaviest  weights,  with  the  result  that  years  of  hand- 
ling will  not  materially  affect  our  cards,  while  the  best  cotton  stock 
presenting  as  good  a  surface  for  writing  upon  will  wear  below  the  newly 
added  cards.      In  some  libraries  we  have  seen  this  to  a  half  centimeter. 


43 


1 



r\ 

U 

No.  33  card,  yyi  "  12)^  cm.      No.  32  is  just  two  thirds  this  size. 

The  value  of  the  labor  involved  in  making  any  kind  of  an  index  for 
permanent  use  makes  the  cost  of  durable  linen  ledger,  as  compared 
with  cotton  (suitable  only  for  temporary  uses),  a  trifling  matter. 

When  we  remember  that  many  of  the  card  indexes  written  within 
the  year  will  be  in  use  fifty  years  or  more  to  come,  the  unwisdom  of 
selecting  inferior  stock  because  of  saving  in  expense  is  emphasized. 
We  know  of  more  than  one  card  outfit  practically  ruined  for  a  perfect 
working  index  by  the  insertion  of  one  lot  of  cards  imperfectly  cut  and 
of  inferior  material.  The  cards  may  cost  from  $2.00  to  $3.00  per 
thousand,  the  writing  and  arranging  five  times  as  much. 

The  L  B  standard  cards  are  made  in  white,  salmon,  buff,  and 
blue  in  following  weights  :  — 

1.  The  finest  double  weight  linen  ledger,  with  the  best  possible  sur- 
face for  erasure.  The  hard,  sharp  edge,  when  cut  into  cards,  compen- 
sates largely  for  the  thickness  of  the  heavier  weights  in  quick  handling. 
For  large  indexes,  where  space  occupied  and  cost  are  important  items, 
this  is  the  wisest  selection.  Without  this  necessity,  the  incomparable 
"  X  "  is  best. 


PRICES. 

No   32I,  L   B   standard  linen  cards  (5  x  12^  cm.),  per  M 
No.  33I,      "  "  "         "      (yyz  X  121^  cm.'),     " 


2.25 


44 


• 


r.  Made  of  the  same  material,  but  one  half  thicker  than  "I."  Tt 
gives  a  reduction  in  space  occuj^ied  antl  cost  over  "  x,"  tho  does  not 
fully   equal   it  for  quick  handling. 

PRICES. 

No.  32r,  L   B   standard  linen  cards,  per  i,ooo     .     .     .     $3.00 
No.  33r,     "  "  u         .<  .<  ...        3.00 

X.  A  double-weight  mill  bristol  made  for  us  of  the  highest  grade, 
to  give  the  best  possible  index  cards.  It  is  heavier  than  any  stock 
carried  by  paper  dealers,  and  is  finished  w^ith  reference  to  its  special 
use.  The  thickness  makes  it  handle  easiest  ;  the  hard  stock  of  which 
it  is  composed,  to  wear  longest  under  continued  use,  and  bear  erasure 
best.  Where  space  and  expense  are  not  serious  obstacles,  this  stock 
has  no  competitor  for  favor. 

PRICES. 

No.  32X,  L   B   standard  linen  cards,  per  i,ooo     .     .     .  $3.60 
No.  33X,     "  "  .<        u  u  ...      3.75 

Li  B  cotton  cards.  Made  in  same  weights,  and  cut,  ruled,  and 
punched  with  same  care  as  the  standard  linen  ledger.  These  are  from 
cotton  stock,  and  equal  in  writing  surface  any  made.  They  however 
lack  the  wearing  qualities  of  the  L   B     standard. 

Where  lists  are  changing  rapidly,  or  for  any  reason  are  temporary, 
these  cards  are  good  enough;  in  some  instances  users  are  unable  to  pay 
the  price  of  the  highest  grade  ;  and  in  the  few,  where  people  buy  the 
low  priced,  whatever  their  needs,  they  meet  the  competition  of  less 
satisfactory  stocks. 

PRICES. 

Ic.  rc.  xc. 

No   32,  .$1.30  $1.70  $2.35 

No   33,  1.75  3.35  3.00 

We  also  carry  in  stock  thin  linen  and  cotton  slips  much  used  in  pre- 
paring printers'  copy  of  a  library  catalog.      See  32  and   ^^  d   and  h. 

Colored  cards.  Buff,  salmon,  and  blue  cards  of  all  standard 
rulings  are  kept  in  stock  /,  r,  and  x,  in  the  L  B  standard  cards.  These 
different  colors  assist  the  classing  of  separate  indexes  into  one  alfabeti- 
cal  series,  distinguishing  each  by  its  own  color  ;  r.  ^^,  author  and  sub- 
ject cards  of  a  library. 


45 

Plain  cards.  For  typewriter  use,  for  printing,  and  other  purposes, 
cards  without  rulings  are  often  preferred.  The  cost  of  cutting  plain 
stock  is  much  less  than  ruled.  We  furnish  the  L  B  standard  cards 
itnnilcd.      Price  on  application. 

Discount  of  5,  10,  15  or  20  per  cent  on  5,  10,  1 5  or  20  M.  in  one 
order.     Samples  of  the  different  weights  and  rulings  on  application. 

Notes.  Experienced  users  have  learned  that  the  practical  success 
of  the  system  is  largely  dependent  on  many  little  details  which  can  be 
learned  only  by  study  and  long  experience.  An  outfit  which  seems  to 
the  novice  the  same,  or  at  least  to  answer  well  enough,  is  found  later  to 
require  entire  remaking  in  order  to  secure  satisfactory  results.  Those 
not  knowing  of  the  headquarters  often  make,  or  have  made,  or  buy,  an 
outfit  imperfect  in  its  details,  and  that  can  never  give  satisfaction  to 
one  who  has  used  the  library  standards,  and,  in  many  cases,  fail  to  dis- 
cover why  they  are  less  enthusiastic  over  the  merits  of  the  card  system 
than  some  friend  who  has  a  proper  equipment.  Often,  if  not  usually, 
they  pay  more  than  the  Bureau  charges  for  the  best.  Occasionally 
some  one  attaches  some  practically  worthless  new  feature,  stamped 
"patented"  or  "patent  applied  for,"  and  on  the  strength  of  this  in- 
duces those  who  do  not  know  a  better  and  cheaper  way  to  pay  a  high 
price  for  something  inferior  for  practical   use. 

The  Library  Bureau  is  the  only  house  in  the  world  devoted  to  the 
special  business  of  fitting  up  libraries.  With  the  cooperation  of  these 
great  users  of  the  system,  it  has,  at  the  cost  of  protracted  experiments, 
perfected  these  details,  and  had  special  dies,  models,  and  machinery 
made,  so  that  we  now  manufacture  everything  pertaining  to  the  card 
system,  of  the  best  practical  form  and  in  a  variety  to  suit  all  wants. 

Many  make  the  mistake  of  buying  too  small  accommodations  for 
their  needs  in  library  cataloging.  From  3  to  5  cards  per  volume  is  a 
sufficiently  low  estimate  upon  which  to  base  the  selection  of  an  outfit. 

Prices  of  outfits  are  net.  All  expenses  of  jjacking  and  delivering  to 
the  Express  Co.  or  R.  R.,  are  borne  by  the  Bureau. 


46 


Price  list  of  outfits 

Only  tJic  standard  L  B  linni  cdrds  ai'c  used  hi  iiuikii/i^  up  the  fol- 
lowijig  outfits.  If  because  of  cost  or  for  temporary  use  the  L  Ji  cotton 
cards  arc  desired  they  ivill  be  substituted  at  a  corresponding  reduction 
from  these  prices. 

Siiiall  tray  outfits.  These  afford  all  the  material  needed  for  a 
very  small  catalog  or  index.  Yov  the  indivitlual  beginner  of  a  cartl 
catalog,  business  list,  or  index,  this  is  a  most  useful  device.  The  cards 
and  guides  are  exactlv  the  same  as  used  in  the  larger  outfits,  and  can 
be  transferred  to  them  as  growth  demands.  The  trays  are  filled  with 
any  of  the  three  thicknesses  of  cards  desired,  though  unless  otherwise 
specified  /  cards  are  supplied. 

33cl  outfit.     Tin   tray  with  covers,    650  No.   32   /  cards  ;  special 
bristol   index  a  to  z  ;  blocks  giving  cards  best  angle  for  reading,  and 
guard  wire,  complete     ........  $^.00 

33c2  outfit.  Same  as  22c  i,  with  No. 
33  size  cards,  more  generally  used,  com- 
plete, with  800  No.  };i  I  cards,      $3.75 

S'icS  out- 
fit.* Same  as 
22c I,  only  tray 
is  of  wood  cov- 
ered with  mar- 
ble paper  and 
without  covers, 
.       }§il.50 

32c4  outfit.f     Same  as  22C3,  for  33  size  cards       .         .       $2.40 
22c5  outfit.^     Same  as  22ci,  except  tray  is  handsomely  finished 

oak  and  without  covers,      $3.00 

33c6  outfit. §     Same  as  22C5, 
for  T,],  size  cards     .         .     $2.75 

22c7     outfit. 

Oak  tray  with 
cover,  1 000  N  o. 
T,^  I  cards,  bristol 
a  to  z  index,  blocks 
a  n  d  1  o  c  k-g  u  a  r  d 
rod,  complete,  $.">.00 
Without  cards  or  guides,   $2.75 

♦Numbered  22di   in  editions   previous  to   181,5.     t  22d2   in   editions    previous   to    1S95.     t  22d3    in    editions 
previous  to  1S95.     §  22d4  in  editions  previous  10  1895. 


47 


Size,  outside.  31 'o  cm.  (12)2  in.)  long.  11  cm.  (4!.^  in.)  high,  34  cm.  (13)^  in.)  deep. 

33d3  outfit.*  A  finely  finished  ca.se,  with  two  hard  wood  trays, 
each  tray  holding  1,000  33  /cards  ;  in  oak  or  walnut  ;  complete  outfit, 
including  2,000  ^^  I  cards,  100  guides,  patent  lock-guard  rods,  patent 
blocks,  label-holders,  and  printed  labels  ....  S9.00 
Without  cards  or  guides       .......  5.00 

In  mahogany,  50  cents  additional. 


Size,  outside,  3i>^  cm.  (i2>^  in.)  long,  aijz  cm.  .S'^  m.)  high.  34  cm.  (i3'4  in.  >  deep. 

23(14  oiitfit.t  Same  as  22d2,  except  with  four  trays  ;  in  oak  or 
walnut  ;  complete,  with  4,000  33  /cards,  200  guides,  patent  lock-guard 
rods,  patent  blocks,  label-holders,  and  printed  labels     .  .       $15.00 

Without  cards  or  guides         .  .  .         •  •         •  •  8.00 

In  mahogany,  $1.00  additional. 

♦  Numbered  22d6  in  editions  previous  to  1895.     I  22d7  in  editums  previous  to  1S95. 


48 


Size,  outside,  3i^j  cm.  (i2'<  in.)  long,  32  cm.  (la^.j  in.)  high,  34  cm.  (13'j  in.)  deep. 

2'-i(l(>  outfit.*  Same  as  22CI4,  except  with  si.x;  trays  ;  in  o;ik  or 
walnut  ;  complete,  with  6,000  33  /cards,  300  guides,  patent  lock-guard 
rods,  patent  blocks,  label-holders,  and  printed  labels     .  .      $22. OO 

Without  cards  or  guides         .......  12. OO 

In  mahogany,  $1.50  additional. 

22(19  outfit.  Same  as  22(16,  excejit  with  nine  trays,  three  high 
and  three  long  ;  complete,  with  9,000  33  /  cards,  500  guides,  patent 
lock-guard  rods,  patent  blocks,  label-holders,  and  printed  labels,  S31.00 

Without  cards  or  guides        .......  IG.OO 

In  mahogany,  $2.25  additional. 

Size,  outside,  49'.^  cm.  (ig'.j  in.)  long,  32  cm.  (i2'.j   in.)  high,  34  cm.  (i3'.j   in.)  deep. 

These  tray  cases  arc  made  from  carefully  selected  stock,  well 
matched,  beautifully  finished,  and  are  suitable  for  the  finest  })rivate 
library  or  the  most  elegantly  furnished  office. 

litirger  tray  cabinets  are  described  in  a  general  way  on  page  23. 
In  the  small  tray  cases  (22d2  to  22d9)  each  tray  has  a  capacity  of 
1,000  33  /  cards.  In  the  following  (22di2  to  22d96)  each  tray  is  made 
to  hold  1,200  33  /  cards  and  is  fitted  with  a  combined  label-holder  and 
handle. 

The  60,  72,  and  96  tray  cabinets  have  closet  bases  15  in.  high,  also 
slides  at  the  proper  hight  to  afford  a  rest  for  consulting  the  trays 
upon. 

*  Numbered  22dS  in  editions  )>rcvious  to  1895. 


(( 
ft 


49 

23cll3  outfit  consists  of  case  of  12  trays  for  33  size  cards,  4  trays 
high  and  3  long",  flush  ends  and  top,  made  in  hard  wood  throughout. 

Oak  carried  in  stock,  other  woods  to  order.  Mahogany  $3.00  addi- 
tional. Fitted  with  cornhined  label-holders  and  handles,  patent  lock, 
guard  rods,  patent  blocks,  800  bristol  guides  and  printed  labels. 

Complete,  with  15,000331  cards  ......  5^55. OO 

"      10,000  33r     "......  S'i.oO 

-       7,500  33X    - 5(M)() 

Without  cards  or  guides         .......  ^7.i)() 

Size,  outside,  49'._>  cm.  (ig'.j  in.)  long,  44  cm.  (17'j  in.)  high,  40'^   cm.  (16  in.)  deep. 

23dl5  outiit  consists  of  case  of  15  trays  for  ^^  size  cards,  5  trays 
high  and  3  long,  flusli  ends  and  top,  made  in  hard  wcxkI  throughout. 

Oak  carried  in  stock,  other  woods  to  order.  Mahogany  $3.75  addi- 
tional. Fitted  with  combined  label-holders  and  handles,  patent  lock- 
guard  rods,  patent  blocks,  1,000  bristol  guides  and  printed  labels. 

Complete,  with  i(S,ooo  33I  cards   ......  JlTti.OO 

"      12,000  331-     " 09.00 

"             "       9,000  ^2)^    " (JO.OO 

Without  cards  or  guides        .......  08. OO 

Size,  outside,  49'..  cm.  (19'..  in.)  long,  54'^  cm.  (21 '.j  in.)  high,  40'. _,  cm.  (16  in.)  deep. 

I 

'^'-itr-iO  outfit  consists  of  case  of  20  trays  for  ^^  size  cards,  5  trays 
high  and  4  long,  flush  ends  and  top,  made  in  hard  wood  throughout. 

Oak  carried  in  stock,  other  woods  to  order.  Mahogany  $5.00  addi- 
tional. Fitted  with  combined  label-holders  and  handles,  patent  lock- 
guard  rods,  patent  blocks,  1,400  bristol  guides  and  printed  labels. 

Complete,  with  24,000  33I  cards SDO.OO 

"  "     16,000  33r     " S(>.00 

"  "    12,000  33X  " s;{.oo 

Without  cards  or  guides        .......  44:. OO 

Size,  outside,  69  cm.  (27'..  in.)  long.  57'.j  cm.  (22i._.  in.)  high.  44  cm.  (17'...   in.)  deep. 

*^*-id30  outfit  consists  of  case  of  30  trays  for  33  size  cards,  6  trays 
high  and  5  long,  made  in  hard  wood  throughout. 

Oak  carried  in  stock,  other  woods  to  order.     Mahogany  :57.50  addi- 
tional.     Fitted   with  combined  label-holders  and  handles,  patent  lock- 
guard  rods,  patent  blocks,  2,000  bristol  guides  and  printed  labels. 
Complete,  with  36,000  33I  cards  .....       >>130.00 

"  "     24,000  3 3r     "    ,  .,        ,         .  .  •  l'-i5.00 

"  "      18,000  33X    "......  I'-iO.OO 

Without  cards  or  guides     .......  (>.>.00 

Size,  outside,  85  cm.  (33'.^  in.)  long,  67'.^  cm.  (26'^  in.)  high,  44'._,  cm.  (17  '^  in.)  deep- 


50 


51 

32dG0  outfit  consists  of  case  of  60  trays,  10  trays  high  and  6 
long,  made  in  hard  wood  throughout.  Case  rests  on  a  handsome  base 
23  inches  high.  Total  height  over  all,  60  inches.  Oak  carried  in  stock, 
other  woods  to  order.  Mahogany,  $20.00  additional.  Each  tray  fitted 
with  combined  label-holder  and  handle,  patent  lock-guard  rod  and  patent 
blocks.  The  cabinet  has  slides  for  resting  the  trays  upcjn  while  con- 
sulting.     Complete  outfit  has  bristol  guides  and  set  of  printed  labels. 

Complete  with  72,000  33I  cards $370.00 

"      48,000  331-     " 2G0.00 

"      36,000  3^x     " 250.00 

Without  cards  or  guides              ......  Iii5.00 

22(17^  outfit  consists  of  case  of  72  trays,  12  trays  high  and  6  long, 
made  in  hard  wood  throughout.  Case  rests  on  a  handsome  base  15  in. 
high,  containing  closet  with  doors.  Total  hight  over  all  70  in.  Oak 
carried  in  stock,  other  woods  to  order.  Mahoganv,  S20.00  additional. 
Each  tray  fitted  with  combined  label-holder  and  handle,  patent  lock- 
guard  rod  and  patent  blocks.  The  cabinet  has  slides  for  resting  the 
trays  upon  while  consulting.  Complete  outfit  has  4,500  bristol  guides 
and  set  of  printed  labels. 

Complete,  with  85,000  33I  cards }*.*5 10.00 

"      57,000  33r     " 300.00 

"     42,500  s^x     " 290.00 

Without  cards  or  guides  ......  150.00 

Size,  outside,  io5'2  cm.  (41^2  in.)  long,  134cm.  (52'2  in.)  high,  4412  cm.  (17 '2  in.)  deep. 

22(19(5  outfit  consists  of  case  of  96  trays,  12  trays  high  and  8  long, 
made  in  hard  wood  throughout.  Case  rests  on  a  handsome  base  15  in. 
high,  containing  closet  with  doors.  Total  hight  over  all  70  in.  Oak 
carried  in  stock,  other  woods  to  order.  Mahogany,  $25.00  additional. 
Each  tray  fitted  with  combined  label-holder  and  handle,,  patent  lock- 
guard  rod  and  patent  blocks.  The  cabinet  has  slides  for  resting  the 
trays  upon  while  consulting.  Complete  outfit  has  5,000  bristol  guides 
and  set  of  printed  labels. 

Complete,  with  1 12,000  3 3I  cards !?»400.00 

76,000  33r     " 385.00 

56,000  33\    " .370.00 

Without  cards  or  guitles 200.00 

Size,  outside,  i36'2  cm.  (54  m.)  long,  134  cm.  {52'2  in.)  high,  44'2  cm.  (ly'i  in.)  deep. 


52 

Bases  for  Outfits 

To  secure  the  greatest  convenience  in  consulting  cards,  the  standard 
index  cases  are  made  the  hight  for  easiest  reading  of  both  the  upper 
and  lower  drawers,  when  case  is  on  a  base  or  table.  No  one,  unless 
compelled  by  limited  space,  is  willing,  after  any  experience,  to  consult 
the  lower  drawer  stooping  over,  or  the  upper  one  standing  on  tip-toe. 


22w.     Base  for  22d9,  dl2  or  dl5  outfits.     A  revolving  top  greatly 
increases  the  accessibilitv  of  this  case.     In  oak    .  .  .  $7.50 


53 


'-*-,_j^ 


54 


Base  for  S^dD-tU'^-tU.!.      In  oak.      26"  high.      Catalog  No.   22w9. 
Price 87.00 


55 


U^ 


Base  for  2'ia'iO.   In  oak.   223a"  high.   Catalog  No.  22wl(>.   Price,  SS.OO 


56 


Base  for  32cl30.       iSr^"  high.     Catalog  No.   23wll. 
Price,   in  oak,  $9.00 


57 

23,  Trays.  A  v^ery  great  convenience,  either  used  alone  or  in 
working  over  cards  before  putting  them  in  the  drawers.  One  who  has 
used  them  will  never  be  without.  With  or  without  covers,  and  with  or 
without  partitions.  The  covers  keep  out  much  dust,  but  add  to  cost, 
and  are  less  convenient  for  current  desk  work.  For  small  card  index 
outfits  covers  are  best.  The  partitions  serve  to  separate  the  contents 
into  five  distinct  boxes.  This  has  the  advantage  over  guides  of  leaving 
the  cards  loosely  arranged,  so  that  the  eye  often  sees  the  exact  card 
wanted,  without  aid  from  the  fingers.  Where  covers  are  not  used, 
trays  two-thirds  hight  of  card  are  better,  as,  while  they  hold  the  cards 
equally  well,  it  is  much  easier  to  handle  and  to  read  them  when  they 
project  above  the  sides,  and  the  light  also  reaches  them  much  better. 

For  No.  32  cards.     5 '2  x  13  x  21  cm  (2  x  5  x  8  in.). 

Handsomely 
Wood  Covered  Finished 

WITH   Pafi-.r.  Tim.  Antique  Oak. 

23i,  plain S0.35  $0.40            $0.50 

23J,  with  5  divisions .40  .GO  .75 

23J2,  with  5  divisions,  ^  hight  .     .            .40  .60  .75 

23k,  with  covers 'GO 

23I,  with  divisions  and  covers     .     .  .75 

For   No.    33    cards.      8  x  13  x  26  cm    (3  x  5  x  10  in.). 

23p,  plain S0.30  $0.50  80.C0 

23q,  with  5  divisions .40  .75  1.00 

23r,  with  covers .75 

23s,  with  divisions  and  covers     .  l.OO 

See  under  No.  22  for  description  of  card  index  outfits  in  trays  anil 
fittings. 


58 

Charging  Systems 

Every  library  must  maintain  some  system  for  recording  its  borrowers 
and  the  books  loaned  to  them.  Librarians  and  trustees  are  anxious  to 
know  the  best,  least  expensive,  and  most  efficient  methods  in  order  to 
choose  the  one  best  suited  to  their  requirements,  which  will  entail  the 
smallest  amount  of  labor  in  administration  and  will  ensure  the  borrow- 
ers prompt  and  speedy  service,  both  in  the  issue  and  return  of  books. 

Of  the  various  systems  used,  those  described  as  follows  are  the  best 
and  most  economically  maintained  and  administered. 

Modifications  may  be  found  necessary  in  their  application  to  peculiar 
circumstances,  but  one  or  other  of  these  methods  can  be  easily  adapted 
to  the  conditions  in  any  library. 

Register  of  borroAvers.  This  most  essential  record  can  be 
kept  in  several  ways  more  or  less  simple  and  effective.  The  old 
method  of  registration,  in  a  book  ruled  and  printed  with  headings  for 
number,  name,  and  address,  etc.  (See  L.  B.  borrowers'  register — 31V,  1,2), 
has  been  greatly  improved  upon  by  the  use  of  cards,  either  with  or 
without  tabs. 

Plan  I.  Standard  33  size  cards  can  be  provided  for  numerical 
arrangement,  with  12  tabs,  each  tab  bearing  a  letter  of  the  alphabet,  so 
that  all  names  beginning  with  the  initial  "A"  stand  one  behind  the  other 
in  a  row,  and  yet  are  filed  in  numerical  sequence,  printed  guides  being 
inserted  at  intervals  of  100  or  50,  by  which  means  it  is  easy  to  see  the 
number  of  borrowers  in  the  library  at  any  given  time ;  and,  if  required, 
the  index  will  also  show  the  number  registered  at  any  month  in  any 
given  year  by  the  insertion  of  a  month  guide  at  the  commencement  of 
each  month.  By  this  method,  if  there  are  any  changes  of  address,  etc., 
a  fresh  card  can  be  made  out  and  re-inserted  in  the  index  in  place  of 
the  original,  a  correction  impossible  in  the  old  book  form  of  register, 
and  if  at  any  time  the  borrower's  privilege  is  withdrawn,  or  cancelled 
by  death,  disuse,  or  departure,  his  card  can  be  removed  from  the  list 
and  the  number  reassigned.  This  plan  of  registration  clears  the  index 
from  old,  dead,  or  obsolete  matter  and  keeps  the  borrowers'  record  a 
live,  up-to-date,  and  correct  list,  an  important  matter,  as  this  register  is 
the  one  of  all  others  most  liable  to  change  and  alteration. 

Colored  cards  can  be  used  to  differentiate  between  the  borrowers 
and  their  guarantors,  and  both  can  be  filed  in  the  same  index,  or 
separately  if  desired,  or  the  guarantee  can  be  filled  in  on  the  same 
card.     These  cards  can  be  used  to  compile  statistics. 

Cards  without  alphabetical  tabs  can  be  used  on  the  same  principle, 
but  it  is  well,  where  possible,  to  make  the  card  do  all  the  work  re- 
quired, and  tabs  are  therefore  strongly  recommended  for  this  purpose. 

Prices  on  application. 


59 

Another  method  of  registering  borrowers  by  means  of  cards  consists 
in  making  the  application  form  into  its  own  index  by  using  33  size 
cards  for  the  particulars  required,  instead  of  paper  vouchers.  These 
cards,  when  filled  in  by  the  applicant,  are  signed  by  him  and  filed 
alphabetically  or  numerically,  as  preferred,  and,  in  case  of  a  dispute,  are 
easily  produced.  Tab  cards,  as  above  described,  may  be  used  and  filed 
numerically  behind  guides. 

Register  of  borrowers  by  street  and  house.  In  some  large 
cities,  card  indexes  are  made  of  houses  and  streets  where  borrowers 
reside  in  wards  or  districts.  This  information  is  extremely  valuable  in 
cases  of  epidemics  or  infectious  disease,  such  as  are  of  constant  occur- 
rence in  large  communities.  When  such  casps  are  reported  to  the 
library- by  the  medical  authority,  immediate  reference  is  made  to  the 
index  cards  in  the  district  reported  as  infected,  to  ascertain  what  houses 
in  the  district  contain  persons  in  possession  of  books  from  the  library,  so 
that  the  proper  local  sanitary  authorities  can  fetch  them  and  have 
them  disinfected  before  their  return  to  the  library,  thereby  avoiding 
the  spread  of  infection  by  means  of  books,  a  matter  of  importance  in 
all  large  communities.  The  necessary  particulars  are  entered  on  a 
33  size  card. 

Charging  systems.  Plan  i.  The  Browne.  This  system,  which 
is  rapid,  effective,  and  widely  adopted  by  the  best  libraries,  consists  : 
(i)  in  the  use  of  a  book  card  made  of  L.  B.  "1"  stock,  size  5x75^  cm, 
(2)  a  book  pocket,  (3)  a  reader's  card  in  the  form  of  a  pocket  wide 
enough  to  contain  the  book  card,  (4)  a  tray  for  cards  with  date  guides. 

Any  form  of  book  pocket  can  be  used  with  this  system,  but  the 
cheapest  form  is  a  strip  of  manila  paper  pasted  across  the  back  cover 
of  the  book,  on  which  it  is  usual  to  stamp  the  date. 

The  borrower  has  a  pocket  sufficiently  large  to  contain  the  book 
card,  made  of  durable  manila,  which  bears  his  number  in  the  borrowers' 
register,  name,  and  address,  and,  if  required,  date  of  issue  and  expira- 
tion. This  card  pocket  is  handed  in  with  the  call  slip  for  the  required 
book,  and  the  book  card  is  taken  from  the  book  pocket  and  placed  in 
the  borrowers'  card  pocket,  the  date  is  stamped  on  the  pocket  in  the 
book  cover,  and  the  book  handed  to  the  borrower.  The  book  card 
in  the  reader's  pocket  is  filed  by  date  in  book  number  order.  By  this 
method  only  three  transactions  are  required  at  the  time  of  issue, 
thereby  ensuring  prompt  service  to  the  borrower,  with  a  satisfactory 
record  to  the  library  of  all  issues,  i.  e. 

I. —  To  find  the  book  on  requisition. 

2. —  To  place  the  book  card  and  the  borrower's  pocket  card  together. 

3. — To  stamp  the  date  of  issue  on  the  book  pocket. 


6o 


At  the  end  of  the  clay,  or  when  deemed  expedient,  the  cards  can  he 
arranged  as  desired,  behind  date  guides  in  trays  made  for  the  purpose 
by  the  Library  Bureau,  and  the  necessary  daily  statistics  obtained  with 
a  minimum  of  labor.     (See  diagram). 

When  the  book  is  returned  the  date  in  the  book  pocket  directs  the 
assistant  to  the  tray  of  issues,  and  the  book  and  borrower's  card  are 
taken  therefrom  and  replaced;  the  card  in  the  book  pocket,  and  the 
pocket  to  the  borrower.  The  book  being  discharged  on  presentation 
is  at  once  available  for  re-issue,  a  matter  of  great  importance  in  a  small 
library  where  the  turn-over  of  books  is  large. 

Advantages.  This  system  of  charging  shows  at  once  what  books  are 
out,  who  has  them,  and  when  they  are  due  ;  and  if  a  detailed  record  is 
desired,  during  the  less  busy  times  of  the  day,  the  assistant  can  write 
on  the  book  card  the  reader's  number  and  date  of  issue,  in  which  case 
a  larger  book  card  can  be  used.     (See  34a.) 

Overdues  are  detected  automatically  and  can  be  written  for  by 
addressing  notices  from  the  reader's  pocket  cards  in  the  overdue  issue 
tray  instead  of  having  to. refer  to  the  borrowers'  register. 

When  the  borrower  is  not  using  his  card  pocket  it  may  be  kept  on 
file  at  the  library,  thereby  saving  the  borrower  trouble  or  loss,  and 
enabling  the  librarian  to  ascertain  exactly  how  many  of  the  borrowers 
on  register  are  using  their  library  privileges. 

Prices.  34a2.  Book  cards,  L.  B. 
"1"  stock,  5x7^^  cm,  unruled,  in  ten 
colors  for  the  decimal  classifica- 
tion divisions,  white,  canary,  blue, 
salmon,  fawn,  green,  cherry,  lilac, 
pink,  straw.        Price  per  1,000,  60c. 

Ruled  both  sides,  similar  to  cards 
'\\\  plan  2.        Price  per   1,000,  $1.10. 

39C4.  Borrower's  manila  card 
pocket,  printed  (see  diagram).  $2.50. 

Date  guides,  1-3 1.  Price,  25c. 

2502.  Oak  charging  tray,  one 
section,  with  plate  block,  no  cover. 

Price,  $1.25. 

Tin  charging  tray  (see  25b)  slip 
trays. 

Classes.     Different  colored  cards 
can  be  used  for  the  various  classes, 
and  standard  34a  cards  and  pockets 
can  be  used  if  preferred,  but  the  sizes  given  are  recommended  as  taking 
up  less  space. 


975      ^zz 


No.  5\6 

Name  Ocmm/  OYrwvv 

Addre&s  ^  5W^  S^- 


6i 

Plan  2.  Is  another  rapid  and  accurate  method  very  simple  and 
effective  in  use.  Each  book  is  represented  by  a  card  bearing  class 
and  accession  numbers,  author,  and  title,  with  ruled  columns  for  the 
entry  of  borrower's  number,  and  date  of  issue.  Each  borrower  receives 
a  card  with  his  number,  name,  address,  and,  if  required,  date  of  issue. 
The  book  card  measures  5  x  I2j4  cm,  the  borrower's  card  5  x  10  cm,  thus 
the  book  card  stands  higher  than  the  borrower's  card.  The  book  cards 
are  either  -filed  numerically  in  trays,  or  else  are  kept  in  pockets  in  the 
books  themselves. 

The  method  of  issue  is  as  follows.  The  borrower  hands  in  his  card 
with  a  call  slip  for  the  books  required,  to  the  assistant,  who  consults  the 
trays  containing  the  book  cards,  the  book  card  is  then  taken  out  of  the 
tray  and  placed,  together  with  the  reader's  card,  in  a  loose,  three- 
cornered  pocket  (see  diagram),  and  filed  in  a  tray  behind  the  date 
guide.  This  system  requires  only  three  operations  at  the  time  of 
issue,  /.  e. 

1.  Receiving  reader's  call  slip  and  ticket  and  finding  if  the  book  re- 
quired is  in,  which  is  done,  without  wasting  time  in  going  to  the 
shelves,  by  consulting  the  book  cards  numerically  arranged  in  tray, 
when  cards  are  not  used  with  the  book  pockets. 

2.  Taking  book  from  shelf  and  stamping  date  therein. 

3.  Picking  up  one  of  the  loose  pockets,  kept  ready  to  hand,  and 
placing  the  book  card  and  reader's  card  together  therein  behind  date 
guide  in  tray. 

During  leisured  intervals  in  the  day,  or  at  any  convenient  time,  the 
conjoined  cards,  constituting  the  day's  issues,  can  have  further  entries 
made  thereon,  where  thought  necessary  ;  this  can  be  done  when  arrang- 
ing the  day's  issues,  by  entering  the  book  number  on  the  borrower's 
card,  and  the  borrower's  number  and  date  on  the  book  card,  thus  mak- 
ing a  double-entry  record  of  how  often,  and  where,  each  book  went  out ; 
and  how  many,  and  what,  books  were  taken  out  by  each  borrower.  On 
returning  the  book,  the  date  therein  directs  to  the  issue  tray  where 
the  book  card  and  borrower's  card  are  conjointly  filed  in  the  temporary 
pocket,  under  the  date  guide  in  any  desired  sequence.  These  are 
taken  out  and  the  book  card  restored  to  its  place  in  the  tray,  or  book 
pocket,  whichever  method  is  adopted,  and  the  borrower's  card  is 
handed  to  him,  or  kept  on  alphabetical  file  in  the  library  when  not  in 
active  use. 

The  advantages  are  that  overdues  are  immediately  detected,  writing 
at  the  time  of  issue  is  entirely  dispensed  with,  and  thus  the  time  of 


62 


both  l)orrower  and  librarian  is  saved,  chances  of  error  are  very  greatly 

reduced,  and  greater  accuracy 
and  prompt  service  guaran- 
teed, with  less  labor  and 
friction  than  is  possible  with 
the  older  methods. 

Prices.   3433.    Book  cards, 

L.  B.  "1"  stock,  5  xi2}4  cm 

(see  diagram),  in  ten  colors, 

white,  canary,  blue,  salmon, 

fawn,     green,     cherry,     lilac, 

pink,  straw,  ruled  both  sides. 

Price  per  1,000,  $1.75. 

3434.     Borrower's  cards,  5 

X  10  cm  (see  diagram),  in  ten 

colors,  as  above,    ruled  both 

sides.     Price  per  1,000,  $1.50. 

Manila    pocket    for   cards, 

three-cornered,  unprinted  (see 

diagram). 

Price  per  1,000,  $2.00. 
Date  guides,   1-3  i. 

Price,  25c. 
25C3.     Oak  charging  tray, 
two  rows,  with  plate  blocks, 
no  cover.  Price,  $3.00. 

2504.  Tin  charging  tray, 
ten  compartments,  two  rows 
of  five  each,  similar  to  25b 
slip  trays,  but  made  to  fit 
34a3  cards.  Price,  80c. 

Plan  3.  Book-card  and  book-pocket  system.  This  is  an  older 
form  of  the  first-mentioned  plans,  and  consists  in  the  use  of  (i)  a 
card  pocket  (39c i  or  2)  for  each  book  (2)  a  book  card  (charging  card 
34a)  for  each  book,  (3)  a  (25c.)  charging  case  or  trays  for  holding  the 
book  cards,  of  the  books  which  are  out,  and  (4)  a  borrower's  card  for 
each  person  entitled  to  draw  books  from  the  library. 

The  borrower  presents  his  card,  together  with  a  call  slip  giving 
numbers  of  the  book  required,  the  book  is  found  on  shelf  and  the 
charging  card  taken  from  the  book  pocket  and  the  number  of  the 
borrower  and  the  date  placed  thereon,  the  date  being  also  stamped  on 
the  borrower's  card.  The  borrower's  card  is  then  placed  in  the  book- 
card  pocket  and  the  book  is  handed  to  him.  The  charging  card  is 
placed  in  the  charging  case  and  forms  the  record  that  the  book  has 


been  issued  to  No. 


63 


On  returnine:  the  book  the  borrower  again 


presents  his  card  with  the  book,  the  charging  card  is  taken  from  the 
case,  both  are  stamped  with  the  date  returned,  the  charging  card  is 
placed  back  in  the  book  pocket,  the  borrower's  card  returned  to  him 
and  the  book  replaced  on  the  shelf. 

Plan  4.  Slip  system.  The  charge  is  made  on  a  slip  of  manila 
or  other  paper,  size  5  x/}^  cm,  first  the  number  of  the  book,  then  the 
borrower's  number  with  date.  The  slips  are  arranged  consecutively  by 
book  number  in  the  movable  trays  of  a  25a  sloping  slip  case,  each 
day's  circulation  occupying  one  tray.  Each  column  is  complete  in 
itself,  and  movable.  The  whole  series  is  slid  one  to  the  right  each 
day,  allowing  the  newly  emptied  column  to  be  inserted  at  the  head, 
thus  saving  all  transfer  of  slips.  The  right-hand  column  shows  overdue 
books. 

In  libraries  where  a  very  small  number  of  books  are  circulated  one 
of  the  various  styles  of  25b  slip  trays  can  be  used  instead  of  25a. 

34b.  Call  slips.  Plain  manila,  white  or  colored  paper,  cut  into 
small  slips  5x7)4  cm  (2x3  in.),  and  used  for  charging  loan.s,  etc. 
34b2,  5x7^4  cm  call  slips,  20c.  per  1,000.  Specify  color  desired. 
These  slips  can  be  used  to  advantage  for  memos,  notes,  etc. 

25a.  Sloping  Slip  Case.  A  series  of  20-compartment,  movable 
tin  trays,  held  at  the  proper  angle  by  handsome  wood  case,  with  tight- 
fitting  dust  cover. 

Libraries  open  every  day  in  the  week  require  15  trays;  three  or 
four  days,  10  trays;  and  those  two  days,  5  trays.  Each  tray  will  hold 
2,000  slips,  though  more  convenient  with  half  that  number. 


PRICES 

15-section,  charging  case  complete  .         .  $35.00 

10       "              "             "             "      ,  .         .         .  15.00 

5       "              "            "             "  ...  10.00 

The    15-tray  case   is   fitted  with   3   drawers,  giving  space  for  a  card 
catalog  of  3,000  cards,  or  for  storage  of  charging  slips. 


64 


25b.  Slip  trays.  Small  trays  for  holding  5  x  7^2  call  slips,  so  much 
used  for  mem's,  and  for  charging  loans.  Each  compartment  is  5>^ 
wide  by  2  cm  long.     The  following  fit  5  x  yyi  cm  slips  :  — 

25b1  •        5  compartment  tray,  tin $    .40 


251)2.  lo 
251)3.  lo 
25b4.     20 


in  2  rows  of  5  each 


.o.n 


"  "       "    in  2  rows  of  10  each      ....         .75 

Slip  trays  in  oak,  and  wood  covered  with  paper,  are  furnished  for 
5x7^^  cm  slips  filed  on  the  J}^  cm  side.  Each  compartment  is  8  cm 
wide  by  2  cm  long. 

25b5.        5  compartment  tray,  oak     ......••$    .75 

25b6.        5  "  "       wood  covered  with  paper 20 

34a.  Charging  cards.  These  cards  are  made  of  L.  11  "1"  stock, 
and  are  ruled  on  both  sides  to  allow  for  the  largest  number  of 
entries  and  most  complete  history  of  the  use  of  a  book.  The  space  at 
the  head  of  the  card  is  intended  for  the  number,  name,  and  author  of 
the  book.     Ten  colors.  Price  per  i,ooo,  $2.00. 


65 


34ai.  Borrower's  card.  The  34a  charging  card  can  be  used  for  a 
borrower's  card  as  well,  though  there  are  many  other  good  forms.  An 
economical  card  is  that  adopted  by  the  N.  Y.  State  Traveling  Libra- 
ries. The  following  diagram  shows  face  of  the  card,  the  back  being  ruled 
similar  to  the  face  below  the  agreement  for  additional  records  of  loans. 


Surname                                                                       Given  n«me                                                        No. 
Street  and  no. 

Being  a  resident  of                                                                                             over   16  years  of  age, 
1  hereby  agree,  as  a  borrower  from  the 

to  pay  promptly  any  fines  due  from   me  for  over-detention  of  books  or  for  injuries  of  any  kind 
beyond  reasonable  wear  to  any  book  while  it  is  charged  to  me. 

189                      Name  signed  

Date 
borrowed. 

Book. 

Date 

returned. 

Date 
borrowed. 

Book 

Date 
returned. 

Date 
borrowed. 

Book. 

Date 
returned 

Price,  with  name  of  city  or  town  and  library  printed  in,  if  ordered 
in  quantities  of  i,ooo,  $4.00  per  1,000. 

25c.  Charging  case.  An 
oak  case  with  cover,  having  two 
compartments  for  (34a)  cards 
\2}4  X  yj4  cm  on  end,  with  a 
capacity  of  about  2,000  cards 
and  the  necessary  guides.  These 
guides  are  printed  with  the  days 
of  the  months,  so  that  the  libra- 
rian can  tell  at  a  glance  how 
many  books  are  overdue  on  a  given  day.  The  charging  cards  are 
arranged  under  each  date  in  order  of  book  number 

Price,  complete,  case  and  guides,  $4.50. 

25CI.  Tin  charging  case.  One  compartment,  without  cover.  Made 
in  japanned  tin,  cheaper  than  25c.,  which  is  made  of  handsomely  finished 
oak.  :  Price,  $1.00. 

For  charging  cases  to  hold  borrower's  card,  filed  on  12^^  cm  side 
(see  22C7),  with  date  guides.  Price,  $3.00. 


This  style  for  smaller  size  cards  or  to  hold  more 
in  c;ise  of  o4a,  ni:ule  to  order. 


66 


Book  or  card  pockets.  These  can  lie  made  to  order  to  suit  any 
requirement  or  any  system  of  book  charging.  Discounts  on  quantity. 
39CI.  Acme  pockets.  These  card  pockets  are  in  general  use,  and 
are  recommended  by  librarians  as  being  most  serviceable  and  satisfac- 
tory. The  end  of  the  pocket  should  be  turned  under,  and  the  whole 
pasted  into  the  book  with  Higgins'  Drawing  Board  Mucilage  or  other 
preparation,  thus  forming  a  perfect  pocket  for  holding  the  charging 
card  while  the  book  is  in  the  library,  and  for  holding  the  borrower's 
card  while  the  book  is  out.  This  is  not  only  a  convenience  to  the 
librarian,  but  to  the  public  as  well.  The  rules  of  the  library  pertaining 
to  the  loan  of  books  should  be  printed  on  the  pockets. 

Made  of  strong  manila,  cut  with  a  peculiar  die 
so  that  the  cards  can  be  put  in  and  taken  out  with 
the  greatest  rapidity,  and  yet  are  firmly  held. 

PRICES 

Printed  with  the  rules  of  the  library  without 
extra  charge,  $4.00  per  thousand  ;  discount  of  10 
per  cent,  on  3,000;  20  per  cent,  on  5,000;  25  per 
cent,  on  10,000;  30  per  cent,  on  20,000. 

39C2.  C  C  pockets.  Much  cheaper  than  the 
Acme,  devised  by  the  Boston  Athenaeum,  made  of 
very  strong  thin  linen  paper.  Three  sides  are 
folded  over  a  thick  card  large  enough  to  ensure  an 
easy  insertion  of  the  card  and  the  three  edges  formed  by  the  fold  are 
pasted  on  below  the  top  edge  of  the  book  so  that  the  card  projects 
i/o  cm  above  the  outside.  Price  per  1,000,  unprinted,  $2.25  ;  printed, 
with  rules  of  library,  $4.00  ;  cut  to  correct  size,  unfolded  and  unprinted, 
$1.50  per  1,000. 

39C3.     Manila    pockets    for    34a    charging    cards,    printed,    number, 

name,  and  address.  Price  per  1,000,  $3.50. 

39C4.     Browne  charging  system  pockets,  Plan  /,   printed,  number, 

name,  and  address.  Price  per  1,000,  $2.50. 

39C5.     Manila   three-cornered    plain    pocket    for   charging    system. 

Plan  2.  Price  per  1,000,  $2.00. 

3906.     Manila  book  pocket  strip.     Price  per  1,000,  printed,  with  rules 

of  library,  $2.50;  unprinted,  75c. 

The  above-mentioned  supplies  constitute  a  sufficient  outfit  for 
charging  and  can  be  had  without  delay.  By  ordering  of  the  Bureau, 
the  librarian  will  save  time  and  annoyance  in  giving  personal  attention 
to  manufacture  through  local  facilities,  which  usually  give  unsatisfac- 
tory results. 

We  solicit  an  opportunity  to  quote  prices  on  all  necessary  supplies 
for  whichever  method  may  be  adopted. 


67 

Stamps  and  Dates 

L.  B.  Dates.  In  library  work  dates  are  constantly  used  and  often 
in  places  (e.  g.  on  borrowers'  or  other  cards  of  the  charging  system) 
where  space  is  limited,  and  the  need  of  quick  work  makes  it  difficult  to 
get  the  date  in  the  space  assigned.  The  system  of  date  abbreviations 
devised  by  Melvil  Dewey  in  1878  has  proved  its  claim  good  to  be  the 
briefest  possible  without  new  signs  and  with  perfect  freedom  from 
ambiguity,  and  it  is  clear  to  those  who  see  it  for  the  first  time. 

The  common  plan  of  using  numbers  for  the  month  should  be  abol- 
ished, as  about  half  the  world  reads  2/3  as  Feb.  3d  and  the  other  half 
as  2d  of  March  ;  and  each  stoutly  insists  that  to  read  it  the  other  way 
is  a  blunder.  Taking  the  average  of  the  year  the  L.  B.  dates  are 
shorter  and  free  from  all  danger  0/  mistake.  The  series  for  the 
months  is  — 

Ja     F     Mr     Ap     My     Je     Jl     Ag     S      O     N     D 

The  date  is  written  with  day,  month,  and  year  in  logical  order,  and, 
as  the  letter  separates  the  figures,  no  lines  or  periods  are  needed ;  e.  g. 
3  F  89  is  3d  of  P'eb.  1889. 

Price,  *^6a,  L.  B.  System,  Rubber  Dates.  Days,  months, 
and  years  complete  in  box  with  forceps,  40c.  per  set. 


26tl.  Ijever  Self-Tnker.  This  patent  lever  self-inking,  dating 
and  printing  stamp,  has  a  new  principle  of  action.  By  a  simple  motion 
the  lever  is  brought  forward,  carrying  the  die  from  the  inked  cushion  to 
the  plate  on  which  the  impression  is  made.  It  springs  back  to  jjlace 
automatically.  A  ver\-  important  feature  is  the  interchangeable  dies. 
One  can  use  as  many  different  dies  as  he  chooses  in  the  same  mechan- 
ism either  with  or  without  dates.    The  change  can  be  made  in  a  second. 


68 

PRICES. 

20(11.      Lever  Self-Inker,  fitted  with  dating-  die,  l^ox  of  nv.tal 

bodied  dates,  and  library  g;a.gc      .....         Si»7.50 
20(1'-^.     Same,  with  only  a  printing;  die,  no  dates  or  gage    .  CJ.50 

Extra  dies,  either  solid  or  mortised  for  dates,  cost  $1.25  extra. 


30(14.      T.  e  V  e  r 

Bater.  Smaller  and 
cheaper  form  of  26di 
for  dating  onlv.  This 
is  our  most  popular 
style.  All  s  t  a  m  p  s 
fitted  with  gage  for 
registering  in  the  small 
spaces  of  a  borrower's 
card,  and  complete  set 
of  L.  B.  dates,  ink,  etc. 
Price,  26d4  Lever 
Dater  .         !?54.00 


20e.  Self-Tnkiiig:  Library  Dater.  These 
were  the  first  dating  stamps  with  rubber  type 
offered  to  libraries,  and  are  undoubtedly  in  use  in 
more  of  them  to-day  than  any  other  form.  They  are 
durable,  simple,  and  easily  cared  for,  but  are  not  as 
noiseless  as  the  Lever  Stamp.      Fitted  with  gages 

for   stamping   in    exact    spaces, 

and  supplied  with  complete  set 

of  L.  B.  Dates,  for  $5.00. 

26f.  Self-Ink(^rs.  Used  either  for  printing 
or  dating.  Have  great  advantages  over  the  platform 
stamps.  IVIay  be  used  on  books  as  well  as  on  cards  or 
single  sheets.  For  a  slight  extra  charge  a  die  with 
any  words  wished  can  be  put  on  any  of  these  daters, 
i|  so  as  to  stamp  at  the  same  time  with  the  dates. 
Complete  with  L.  B.  Dates. 

PRICES. 

3x3  cm  jilate  .  .  .         .  o         .         $3.00 

3x5  cm     "......  4.00 


69 

2Cyg.  Pad  Dater.  Hand  stamp.  Most  compact,  and  admits  of 
dating  in  inner  margin  of  books,  etc.  Complete,  with  dates,  pallet,  and 
ink  pad,  75c. 

2Gh,  Pencil  Dater.  A  movable  pad 
dater  attached  to  a  lead  pencil;  a  slight 
motion  of  the  hand  stamps  the  date  much 
plainer  than  it  can  be  written,  without  re- 
moving the  hand  from  the  pencil.  Of  great 
service  at  the  loan  desk,  where  books  must 
be  charged  rapidly.  Devised  at  the  Milwau- 
kee Public  Library,  and  ad^.^pted  by  many 
others. 

Price,  dater  and  L.  B.  dates,  complete,  75c 

26i.     Automatic   ]Vuinberiii«-    Stamj). 

For  registering  the  accession  number  in  books, 
on  cards,  etc.,  and  in  banks  and  commercial 
offices  for  numbering  checks,  stock  certificates, 
etc.  The  figures  shift  automatically  and  can  be 
changed  from  consecutive  to  duplicate  and  con- 
tinuous numbering,  by  moving  the  pointer  on 
the  dial. 

4-wheel,  1-9999         •  J*12.00 

5 -wheel,  1-99999        .  14.00 

6-whcel,  1-999999      •  10.00 

7-\vheel,  1-9999999   •  IS.OO 


70 


2Gi3.  D.  C.  Number i II j»*  Stamp.  For  users  of  the  Decimal 
Classification  a  special  stanij)  has  been  made,  pr(n'iclin_L(  for  two  deci- 
mals ;  i.  e.,  for  five  figures  of  the  classification.  Used  for  printing  the 
class  numbers  on  cards,  book-plates,  and  labels.  It  has  not  only  proved 
a  genuine  labor-savei-,  but  adds  uniformity  and  legibility  to  the  catalog. 
Price,  26i3  5-\vheel  D.  C.  Stamp  ..'...  $25.00 
26j.  Book  Number  Stamp.  A  tliree-wheel  stamp,  made  spe- 
cially for  the  Cutter  notation  (see  13b).  Two  stamps  are  required, 
one  giving  the  alphabet  A-^\,  the  other  N-Z,  in  combination  with  the 
places  of  figures.      Price,  three-wheel  stamp,  j^30.00 

26m.    Embossing  Stami^. 

Needed  to  mark  the  name  and 
place  of  the  library  on  the  title 
pages  and  all  plates,  maps,  and 
inserts  not  printed  on  the  regular 
forms,  and  therefore  liable  to  be 
removed.  If  the  stamp  is  prop- 
erly made  it  is  impossible  to  iron 
out  its  impression  so  that  it  can- 
not be  detected  if  the  sheet  is 
held  up  to  the  light  and  the  broken  fibres  examined.  A  rubber  stamp 
used  to  mark  titles  and  plates  is  apt  to  stain,  blot,  or  offset;  or,  if  an 
ink  that  acts  like  a  paint  instead  of  a  dye  is  used,  after  many  years  it 
can  be  removed  with  an  ordinary  eraser.  Safety  and  appearance  both 
require  the  raised  letters  of  the  seal  press.  We  recommend  plain 
gothic  letters  for  name  and  location  of  library,  avoiding  fancy  types 
and  border  lines.      (See  Library  Notes,  p.  27,  vol.  i.)     Price,  $4-50- 

26ii2.  Gelatine  Stamp  Pad.  This  is  gelatinized  ink,  in  a  tin 
box  with  cover,  and  has  one  layer  of  thin  fabric  drawn  over  its 
surface.  This  is  constantly  kept  moist  with  ink  by  absorption  from 
the  elastic  cake,  so  that  it  is  always  ready  to  properly  ink  the  face  of 
a  rubber  stamp.      In  red,  violet,  blue,  green,  and  black. 

Price,  214;  X  3 >^  in.,  30c.  ;  2^  X4^  in.,  40c.  ;  3>^  x6  in.,  60c. 

26n3.  Stamp  Ink.  For  use  in  self-inking  rubber  stamps,  and 
for  re-inking.      Y^-oz.  bottle,  15c.  ;   i  oz.,  25c.  ;  2  oz.,  40c. 

The  metal  letters  of  the  numbering  machines  require  a  special  ink, 
which  we  furnish  at  30c.  per  bottle. 

We  have  every  facility  for  furnishing  any  pattern  of  rubber  or  metal 
stamp,  and  in  any  form  now  made. 


71 


em- 


26  P.  li.  B.  Perforating  Stamp.  Used  in  place  of  the 
bossing  stamp.  It  makes  an  absolutely  indelible  mark  by  perforating 
the  leaf.  Avoids  increasing  the  thickness  of  the  book  or  marring  the 
surface  of  a  plate  or  drawing.  Endorsed  by  the  most  important 
libraries  of  the  country.     Price,  §25.00. 


WHAT   USERS   SAY. 

IJuft'alo  Public   l.ibrarj.—  1   believe 

perforation  to  be  the  best  and  safest  marking, 

and   your   machine   does    the   work  well. — 

H.   L.  Elmexdokf,    Siiperititeiident. 

Boston  Public  Library. —  'Hie  library  perforator 

is  a  safe  and  convenient  means  of  declaring  ownership, 

and  an  improvement  over  the  ink  plate  formerly  used.— 

Herbert  Putnam,  Librarian. 

St.  Louis  Public  Library. —  We  consider  it  a  nseful  safeguard    for  library   books. —  F.  M.  Cri-nden, 
Librarian. 

New   York  City,  Columbia  University. —They  seem  to  be  tlie  mo<t  efficient  means  now  available  for 
markinsj  hbrary  books  as  the  property  of   the  library.  —  ("iFi).    H.    P>.\khk',    Lihrariatt. 

Chicago,   Ulllversity  of  Chicajjo.  —  It  is  tlie  quickest,  most  durable,  and   accurate  machine  for  marking 

ownersliin  with  which   I  am  acquainted.  —  Zeii. A 
,Ai  T  FN    DixsiiN,   Librarian. 

Pittsburg,  Carnesrie  Library.  —  Previ- 
ouslv  we  had  used  an  embossed  stamp,  but  find 
ilio  perforator  better  adapted  to  our  needs.  —  E. 
n     AsUFKSOV,  Librarian. 

San  Francisco  Free  I'liblic  Library.— 
.Secures  )iermanence  without  obiectionable  disfig- 
uration.— Geo.  T.   Clark,   Librarian. 


72 


Book  Supports. 


Every  library  learns  by  sad  experience  bow  inijxjrtant  a  factor  they 
arc  in  })rcscrving  bindings,  keeping"  the  shelves  sightly,  and  books 
upright.  Every  bookowner  has  trouble  from  books  dropping  over  on 
their  sides  or  tipping  part  way.  Many  modern  books  ha\e  covers  so 
thin  that  they  arc  little  better  than  flexible  leather  or  stiff  paper,  and 
unless  braced  they  "  squash  down  "  as  does  an  unsupported  pamflet. 
Every  binder  is  largely  indebted  to  the  carelessness  of  bookovvners 
in  this  respect.  Books  half  tipped  over  soon  have  the  threads  broken, 
the  binding  is  ruined,  and  must  be  replaced.  If  the  threads  are 
strong,  the  book  may  stand  the  strain,  but  become  so  warped  that  it 
can  never  be  straightened.  To  avoid  these  evils,  scores  of  devices  have 
been  made,  tried,  and  rejected  as  not  worthy  adoption;  unsatisfactory 
in  working,  unsightly  on  shelves,  taking  up  room  needed  for  books, 
heavy,  bulky,  clumsy,  with  springs  constantly  getting  out  of  order, 
adapted  to  only  one  use  or  to  only  one  thickness  of  shelf,  and  too 
expensive  for  wide  use.     The  want  has  led  to  many  efforts  to  supply  it. 

Our  first  book  braces,  copied  from  the  Boston  Public  Library,  were 
cubes  of  wood  about  15  cm  on  each  edge,  and  cut  thru  diagonally. 
These  took  much  room,  and  were  easily  moved  from  lack  of  weight. 
After  these  came  the  pressed  brick,  covered  with  paper.  This  took  less 
room  and  held  the  books  better ;  but  they  were  dropped  and  broken,  or 
broke  something  else,  including  the  toes  of  attendants,  were  clumsy  on 
shelves  and  off,  and  would  not  hold  up  tall  books.  Some  to  this  day  use 
these  bricks,  and  say  that  the  space  taken  is  not  a  strong  objection, 
because  if  there  is  space  on  the  shelf  it  makes  no  difference,  and  if  there 
is  no  space,  then  the  brace  is  unnecessary.  They  forget  that  when  the 
shelf  is  filled  the  brick  must  be  taken  out  and  jnit  somewhere  to  store 
it,  and  that  two  books  will  go  anywhere  that  one  brick  can  be  put. 

After  successive  experiments  the  supports  now  recommended  by  the 
Bureau  were  devised,  and  not  only  have  to  a  very  large  extent  replaced 
the  crude  forms  in  use,  but  in  these  improved  patterns  have  been  found 
such  an  economy  as  greatly  to  increase  the  general  use  of  supports. 

The  three  candidates  for  favor  —  the  L.  B.,  Ciocker,  and  Buffalo  — 
have  individual  merits,  not  common  to  all.  For  8°  volumes,  the  L.  B. 
has  the  widest  use,  while  for  folios  the  Crocker  will  be  found  most 
effective.  The  Buffalo  support's  principle  of  action  is  much  the  same  as 
the  L.  B.,  and  has  the  advantage  of  not  disappearing  among  the  books, 
but  the  disadvantage  of  taking  more  space  on  a  full  shelf,  of  compelling 
the  shelves  to  be  grooved  specially,  and  cannot  be  used  to  support 
books  on  counters  and  tables,  as  can  the  L.  B.  Each  library  will  do 
well  to  test  the  different  kinds  for  themselves.  The  Bureau  offers 
sample  lots  for  a  month's  trial. 


38a.  Old  L.  B.  book  support.  This  is  the  first  of  this  form 
invented,  and  lias  been  more  widely  used  than  all 
others  combined.  It  takes  no  space  on  the  shelves, 
an  advantage,  but  has  the  disadvantage  of  not  sup- 
porting tall  books  as  well  as  28b,  which  finds  strength 
in  the  outward  projection.  It  is  preferable  for  table 
use. 

Price,  lOc.  each;  90c.  for  ten;  $7.50  per  100;  $GO.OO  i^er  1000. 


281).  Xew  L.  B.  book  siijiport.  A  new  and  improved  form 
of  the  L.  B.  the  first  satisfactory  support  devised.  It  serves  not  only  for 
books  on  the  shelves,  but,  two  supports  make  a  perfect  temporary  shelf 
on  table,  floor,  or  ledge  —  indeed,  anywhere,  of  any  desired  length.  This 
quality  makes  it  the  best  support  for  ofifice  and  home  use;  supplying  a 
want  often  felt  in  every  room  where  books  are  kept  or  handled. 

Description.  A  single  piece  of  light  but  strong  metal  is  bent  into 
a  rectangular  shape,  thus  forming  a  base  plate  and  an  upright.  From 
the  material  composing  the  upright  are  formed  two  braces  which  are 
bent  outwardly  and  at  right  angles  to  the  upright  itself.  These  projec- 
tions brace  the  upright  against  lateral  displacement  and  prevent  it  from 
being  bent  out  of  shape  by  the  weight  of  heavy  books,  or  crawling  away 
from  the  books.  The  support  cannot  be  hidden  between  books  as  in 
the  old  form  and  hence  books  cannot  be  pushed  on  the  edge  of  an 
unseen  support  and  so  injured.  It  will  support  books  of  any  size  from 
the  smallest  to  the  largest. 

Two  distinct  uses.  Singly,  the  best  known  device  to  keep 
books  upright  on  shelves.  In  pairs,  the  best  adjustable  shelf.  Each 
support  makes  a  firm  end  for  the  column  of  books  between  them. 

Sample  100  sent  on  trial  to  anv  library,  subject  to  return  if  not  fully 
satisfactory. 

Price,  12c.  each.   S851.00  for  10.   89.00  for  lOO.   S«575.00  for  1000. 


74 


i^ 


38c.  Crocker  Book  Brace.  The  Crocker  Library  Book  Brace 
is  a  plate  of  wood  8  cm  wide,  i  cm  thick,  and  17  or  26  cm  long,  of  beech, 
with  edges  rounded  and  surfaces  nicely  finished,  so  that  nothing  can 
injure  the  finest  binding.  A  fine  steel  spring,  attached  by  screws  and 
nuts  in  a  slot,  is  adjusted  so  that  the  length  from  tip  of  spring  to  foot 
of  brace  is  just  one-/ia/f  inch  more  than  the  space  between  shelves 
where  it  is  to  be  used.  The  foot  of  the  brace  is  placed  against  the 
books  with  the  spring  outward.  On  raising  it  to  a  vertical  position, 
the  tips  of  the  spring  engage  the  under  side  of  the  shelf  above,  effect- 
ually preventing  any  forward  thrust  of  the  books.  The  spring  is 
slightly  curved,  so  that  it  is  placed  in  position  with  perfect  ease,  allows 
the  books  to  be  removed  in  front  of  it  without  resistance,  and  can  be 
moved  toward  the  books  to  fill  any  spaces  with  the  case  of  an  ordinary 
book.  It  holds  the  books  firmly  at  the  top,  where  a  small  force  is  so 
much  more  effective  than  a  large  one  nearer  the  bottom,  and  supports 
with  rigid  resistance  any  column  of  books,  even  the  tallest  folio  as 
firmly  as  it  does  an  octavo,  a  thing  impossible  with  any  other  brace  on 
the  market. 

Prices  for  O  and  Q  sizes,  15  cents  each;  $1.35  for  10;  $12.00  for  100.  Extra  long 
for  folios  over  35  cm  (14  in.)  high,  18  cents.  For  40  cm  (16  in.)  or  50  cm  (20  in),  20  cents 
each. 


/n 


28e.  Buffalo  Book  Brace.  Devised  by  J.  N.  Larned,  Supt.  of 
the  Buffalo  Library,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.  This  support  aims  to  avoid  any 
possibility  of  turning  on  the  shelf,  sliding  to  the  back,  or  disappearing 
between  the  books,  by  carrying  a  tongue  under  the  books  in  a  groove 
running  the  length  of  all  the  shelves.  This  is  the  latest  candidate  for 
favor,  and,  so  far  as  it  has  been  adopted,  is  highly  commended. 

Price,  28e  r.uffalo  Book  Brace,   loC.  each;  $1.35  for  10;  $12  per  100. 

28cl.  Wood  Dummies.  For  indicating  the  locality  of  a  book 
kept  elsewhere  than  in  its  regular  place.  The  label  below  is  pasted  on 
the  side  of  a  thin  board,  i2}-2  x  20  x  j4  cm  (5  x  8  x  }(  in.),  and  when 
filled  out  gives  the  description  of  the  book,  and  forms  a  permanent 
record  of  its  actual  location.  The  reason  for  its  removal  is  shown  by 
underlining  on  the  slip  the  printed  sentence  which  applies  in  the  par- 
ticular case.     Price,  $5.00  per  lOO. 


Class 


Book 


Vols. 


Size 


Will  be  found 


Author. 

Title 

For  the  convenience  of  those  consulting  tlie  shelves,  this  wood  dummy 
rejiresents  a  book  not  here,  because  : 

Too  large  for  the  regular  shelves. 
Transferred  to  Reference  Shelves. 
Costly  or  rare.    Removed  for  safekeeping. 
!  Missing  and  not  yet  replaced. 

1  Made  by  Libeabv  Bibeao.MII  .VtUiMtic  Ave.,  Boston 


76 


21)ci.  Bracket  Step  iiiul  lljiiidle.  Instead  of  noisy,  heavy, 
inconvenient,  and  often  dangerous  step-ladders,  stools, 
etc.,  which  are  always  under  foot  wlien  not  wanted  and 
in  the  farthest  corner  when  needed,  our  device  is  always 
in  place,  strong",  efficient,  cheap,  noiseless,  and  never  in 
the  way.  The  Bracket  Step  is  screwed  firmly  to  the 
upright  between  shelves  as  high  as  needed  to  reach  the 
top  shelf,  if  not  too  high  for  a  single  step;  i.  e.  30  to  50 
cm  (12  to  20  in.)  from  floor.  The  handle  is  screwed 
above  at  full  reach  when  standing  on  the  floor.  For 
very  high  shelves  a  second  Step  and  Handle  may  be 
put  above  the  first  so  to  rise  two  steps.  In  use,  the  hand 
grasping  the  handle  above  and  the  foot  on  the  stc}),  the 
body  is  easily  and  safely  raised  so  to  reach  20  inches 
higher  than  from  the  floor.  Ladies  use  theni  as  readily 
as  men.  There  is  no  exposure,  and  little  strength  is 
required.  One  hand  is  free  to  get  or  replace  books, 
and  the  other  balances  the  body  and  allows  of  reaching  a  shelf  length 
either  way.  Beside  its  regular  use  for  reaching  books  it  is  often 
invaluable  where  a  door  or  wmdow  bolt,  a  gas  jet,  ventilator,  or  any- 
thing out  of  reach  recjuires  frequent  adjustment. 
29{il.     Step,  Handle,  and  strong  screws  complete,  iron,  japanned,  30c. 

29a2.     Iron,  gold  bronzed 

Discount  on  20,  10  per  cent;  on  100,  20  per  cent. 

For  other  devices  for  reaching:  liif?h  slielves,  see  foldini,'  steps  >'o.  71) 


■w  t)C« 


20c.  Rul)l)er  Chair  Tijis.     Indispensable  in  })ublic  reading-rooms. 

|f?'''""'''''l^^      ^^mmmm^     A  strong  rubber  tip 

or  shoe,  to  fit  the 
various  sizes  of  chair 
legs,  makes  them 
noiseless,  pleasanter 
to  sit  in  because  of  the  elasticity, 
MO  and  more  durable  because  so  much 
of  tliTjar  and  strain  is  avoided  by  the  rubber 
cushion.  Once  used  no  library  will  be  with- 
out them.  Most  reading-rooms  use  No.  10 
tip.  A  hole  is  bored  in  the  chair  leg  and  the  solid  tip  inserted,  instead 
of  using  the  cap  over  the  end. 

Outside  tips,  loc.     Inside,  5c.  each.      $4-oo  per  100.     Special  bit  for 
boring  chair  legs,  for  $1.00. 


11 

39s  1.  Cole  Size  Card.  A  simple  size  card  for  quick  and 
accurate  sizing.  Parallel  lines  drawn  at  the  proper  distances,  i.  e.  lo, 
12^,  15,  ijyi,  20,  25,  etc.,  cm,  from  the  bottom  indicate  the  outside 
limits  of  the  hight  of  each  size  in  the  symbols  Tc  Tt  T  S  D  O,  etc. 
From  the  lower  left-hand  corner,  three  diagonal  lines  are  drawn,  which 
run  at  a  uniform  proportion  from  the  edge  of  the  card,  and  designate 
with  mathematical  accuracy  the  shapes  of  the  books  by  the  proper  pre- 
fixes liar,  sq,  or  ob.  Place  the  left-hand  Q.C\gQ.  of  the  card  between  the 
cover  and  the  fly-leaves  on  a  line  with  the  bottom  of  the  cover,  which 
serves  as  an  automatic  guide  to  hold  it  in  exact  position,  and  the  size 
and  shaj^e  appear  at  once  in  the  card  above  and  at  the  right  of  the 
corner.  The  card  is  one  of  the  most  useful  time-saving  devices  yet 
made  for  catalogers.     Price,  25c.  each. 

39s3.  Size  l?ule.  A  30  cm  boxwood  metric  rule  on  which  are 
stamped  the  sizes  of  books  as  decided  upon  by  a  committee  of  the 
A.  L.  A.  The  size  is  given  in  both  the  new  symbol,  O,  O,  D,  S,  and  the 
corresjoonding  fold  designation,  4°,  8°,  12°,  16°.      Price,  20c.  each. 

39x.    Revolving-  Shelf  Pin.     The 

ordinary  metal  pin  has  the  round  part 
which  fits  in  the  hole  in  the  upright  and 
the  flat  part  on  which  the  shelf  rests.  In 
our  pin  the  parts  are  connected  by  a  piece 
standing  at  right  angles  to  the  first, 
thus  allowing  an  adjustment  to  two 
bights,  without  removing  the  pin  from  the 
hole. 

We  have  made  many  thousands  of 
these  for  libraries,  and  they  have  been 
found  a  jDcrfectly  satisfactory  shelf  support.  Used  by  the  public  libraries 
at  Salem,  Mass.,  Concord,  Mass.,  Grand  Rapids,  Mich.,  Howard 
Memorial  Library,  New  Orleans,  La.,  New  York  State  Library,  Albany, 
and  many  others.  We  commend  it  as  the  most  satisfactory  low-priced 
shelf  support  made.     Our  own  manufacture. 

Price  per  10,  15c.;  per  100,  $1.25. 


29z.  Table  Fastener.  An  oblong  piece  of  iron,  for  securely 
fastening  the  legs  of  the  table  to  the  floor,  2  mm  thick,  5  cm  long,  and 
2  cm  wide.  One-half  the  length  is  mortised  into  the  table  leg,  and  the 
remaining  part  screwed  to  the  floor.  This  secures  the  table  firmly. 
At  least  two  are  required  —  four  are  better — for  each  table.  Price,  15c. 
per  10. 


7« 


3V)u.  L.  B.  Shelf  Label  Holder.  After  some  years'  experi- 
ment with  a  great  variety  of  devices,  we  liave  ^^erfected  in  material,  size, 
angles,  and  clinging  power  a  Label  Holder  for  movable  use  on  the 
shelves.  A  thin  plate  of  heavy  tin,  neatly  japanned,  is  cut  by  dies 
made  for  this  special  use,  and  so  bent  as  to  fit  snugly  the  front  edge, 
binding  tightly  upon  the  top  and  bottom  of  the  shelf.  On  three  sides 
of  the  front  a  narrow  flange  is  turned  up,  so  that  a  bristol  card  may  be 
readily  inserted,  removed,  or  reversed.  The  plate,  being  perfectly  flat, 
clings  closely  to  the  wood  and  holds  its  place.  This  holder  is  slipped 
under  the  first  books  on  each  topic,  and,  as  the  subject  grows,  is  slid 
along,  always  marking  the  beginning.  In  the  relative  location  now  com- 
ing into  general  use,  these  Holders  are  almost  indispensable.  Labels 
nailed  or  screwed  on  the  shelves  are  troublesome  to  move,  disfigure  the 
shelves,  and  do  not  mark  accurately  the  beginning  and  ending  of  spe- 
cific subjects.  They  are  also  largely  used  in  stores  for  marking  piles  of 
paper,  books,  packages,  etc.,  their  application  being  almost  unlimited. 
We  also  furnish  a  large  variety  of  labels,  printed  on  fine  bristol  board, 
fitting  the  Holders  ;  e.  g.  the  subject  numbers  and  headings  of  the  Dec- 
imal Classification,  titles  of  the  leading  periodicals,  and  any  label 
wanted  in  libraries.  (See  No.  ■},•]  L.  B.  Catalog.)  The  Holders  are 
of  two  sizes,  thus  providing  for  both  generic  and  specific  labels,  the 
large  Holders  showing  the  main  divisions,  while  the  small  ones  show 
the  beginning  of  each  section  or  subsection  ;  e.  g.  336  Finance  could 
be  printed  in  large  type  on  the  large  label,  while  336.2  Ta.xation 
could  be  in  smaller  type  and  on  the  small  label. 


PRICES 

25)ii   L.  L.   Slielf  Label  Holder,  labeLs   12;<X2  cm,  .  lOc.  each,  $7.50  per   100. 

29v  "  "  "         labels  5x2  cm,       .         .  lOo.  each,  $7.50  per  100. 

Blank  cards  accurately  fitting  the  Holders,  either  size,  per  100,  .         .         .         10  cents. 

In  ordering,  the  exact  thickness  of  shelf  must  be  given.     Samples 
sent  on  application  to   Library  Bureau. 


79 

[Reprinted  from  v.  2,  Library  A^otes.'\ 


A.    L.   A.   Standard  Accession-book. 


First  of  all  records  to  be  filled,  and  by  no  means  last  in  importance, 
is  the  book  of  accessions,  the  history  of  the  growth  of  the  library. 
To  this  the  librarian  turns  for  final  reference  in  doubtful  cases.  Here 
is  the  complete  story  of  each  volume,  fully  told,  but  in  the  most  com- 
pact form.  It  is  the  ofificial  indicator  for  the  whole  collection.  Each 
line  is  a  separate  pigeonhole,  in  which,  if  not  exactly  the  book,  all  the 
condenst  facts  about  the  book  are  placed.  Thence  they  are  never 
removed  ;  they  are  not  stolen,  or  loaned,  or  condemned,  or  withdrawn, 
or  sent  to  the  binder,  or  lost.  The  card  is  never  misplaced,  the  entry 
does  not  mysteriously  disappear,  a  new  edition  never  supersedes.  Once 
written,  "it  is  enough,"  til  the  paper  grows  thin  with  wear  and  the 
binding  crumbles  with  age  or  the  ink-lines  entirely  fade  out  of  ken. 
He  may  turn  to  his  book  of  accessions  to  learn  zvhai,  and  ivJicrc,  and 
zvhen,  and  whence,  and  hozv  much,  and  feel  sure  of  his  answer.  A 
well-made  accession-book  has  an  element  of  mathematical  exactness 
unknown  to  any  other  catalog.     It  is  the  editio princeps. 

Every  volume  has  a  line,  and  the  book  is  thus  an  indicator  for  the 
entire  collection.  By  this  complete,  unchangeable  record  the  additions 
for  every  day,  week,  month,  and  year  are  shown  at  a  glance  ;  also  the 
total  number  of  volumes  which  the  library  has  had ;  and  its  present  num- 
ber by  subtracting  the  total  withdrawn  and  lost.  This  book  is  the  most 
permanent  of  library  records.  There  is  no  danger  of  losing  or  mis- 
placing entries,  as  sometimes  happens  in  card  catalogs,  nor  of  being 
compelled  to  rewrite  them,  as  often  happens  in  the  shelf  list. 

The  name  catalog  should  not  be  applied  to  the  accession-book  or  to 
the  shelf  list,  but  is  restricted  to  the  author,  title,  and  subject  catalogs, 
made  primarily  for  the  use  of  readers,  while  these  are  chiefly  for  official 
use.  Commonly  "accession"  is  used  also  as  an  activ  verb.  Some 
object  to  this,  and  prefer  entry -book  and  "to  enter;"  or  record-book 
and  "to  record"  or  register  and  "to  enter."  "  To  register  "  confuses 
with  the  registration  of  readers.  Additions  or  addition-book  and  "to 
add  "  is  perhaps  best,  as  entry  on  this  record  is  technically  the  only  way 
CO  "add  "  a  book. 

For  this  essential  book  many  forms  have  been  used,  but  the  best  feat- 


8o 

ures  of  all  were  finally  combined  in  the  A.  L.  A.  Model,  made  by  a 
committee  of  experts  who  compared  thoroughly  all  llie  various  forms 
collected,  made  and  tested  samples,  and  finally  agreed  on  all  the  details 
of  materials,  ruling,  printing,  and  binding. 

The  double  page  is  divided  by  double  lines  into  three  groups.  First 
on  the  left,  after  the  date  of  addition,  are  the  three  numbers  assigned 
by  each  library  ;  viz.,  accession,  class  or  shelf,  and  book,  followed  by 
the  volume  number.  Next  come  author,  title,  and  imprint  entries, 
which  belong  alike  to  every  book  of  the  edition  regardless  of  any 
library.  Lastly  come  the  notes  of  binding,  source,  cost,  changes,  loss, 
re-binding,  sale,  etc.,  this  third  group  like  the  first  pertaining  solely  to 
this  copy  and  library  :  or  in  brief,  the  line  is  filled  with  the  title,  pre- 
ceded by  the  special  library  numbers,  and  followed  by  the  special  library 
notes. 

The  desirability  of  the  location  number  in  the  accession-book  has 
never  been  questioned,  but  the  frequent  changes  in  that  number  as 
ordinarily  used  made  its  use  impracticable.  The  best  managed  libra- 
ries now  assign  permanent  numbers  to  their  books,  so  that  they  may 
be  called  for  from  the  oldest  edition  of  the  catalog  as  readily  as  from 
the  latest.  With  such  a  system  it  is  a  great  convenience  to  refer 
directly  to  the  shelf  where  the  book  may  be  found  without  consulting 
intermediate  catalogs,  also  to  irlance  down  the  colunni  of  numbers  and 
see  in  what  proportion  the  various  departments,  as  indicated  bv  those 
numbers,  are  receiving  additions.  The  decision  of  the  A.  L.  A.  Com- 
mittee was  unanimous  in  favor  of  these  columns,  for  it  is  believed  that 
every  library  will  sooner  or  later  adopt  a  relativ  location  and  so  need 
them. 

The  old  arrangement  had  the  volume  cohmiu  with  the  other  imprint 
entries  on  the  second  page.  Here,  the  volume  immediately  precedes 
the  author  column,  and  at  the  first  glance  it  is  apparent  what  the  entry 
is;  e.g.,  v.  47,  Harper's  Magazine,  is  vasti}'  more  convenient  than  to 
follow  across  an  entire  page  to  the  former  place  of  the  volume,  with 
the  attendant  danger,  both  in  entering  and  consulting,  of  getting  on 
the  line  above  or  below,  and  thus  making  serious  blunders.  Practical 
use  will  convince  those  doubtful  of  the  utility  of  the  change.  A  still 
stronger  reason  is,  that  the  volume-number  is  an  essential  part  of  the 
call-number  or  press-mark  by  which  the  book  is  found,  and  it  is  incon 
venient  to  have  the  first  part  of  this  number  at  tlie  beginning  of  the 
long  line  of  entries,  and  the  last  part  at  the  other  end. 

The  colored  lines  help  the  eye  in  passing  across  the  j^age,  following 
one  or  two  above  or  below,  and  thus  avoiding  the  danger  of  getting  off 
the  line  in  crossing  the  fold. 


8r 

31a.  A.  L.  A.  Stciiulard  Accession  Book.  Size,  35  x  30  cm 
(14  X  12  in.).  Paper  is  the  best  ledger  (obtainable;  ruling  and 
printing  the  highest  grade  of  work.  The  binding  is  the  des/,  broad 
vellum  bands,  extra  strong  sewing,  selected  leather,  gold  fillets,  etc., 
and  extra  durable  patent  back.  To  match  sets,  any  other  style  bound 
promptly  to  order  from  sheets.  Morocco  has  proved  so  much  more 
durable  that  we  catalog  and  recommend  only  that  binding. 

All  these  books  have  prefixed  a  descriptive  and  explanatory  preface, 
with  a  full  code  of  detailed  rules  for  entering  all  kinds  of  books,  maps, 
works  of  art,  etc. 

PRICES. 

31a  1.  2,000  lines,  half  turkey  morocco,  with  rules  .            S3. 75 

31a  2.  5,000      "        "         "              "            "        "  8.00 

31a  3.  10,000      "       "         "             "            "       "  13.00 

31a,  4.  1,000      "      press-board  covers         "        "  .               1.35 

31a  5.  Unbound  sheets,  per  1,000  lines         .         .  .                1.00 

Both  A.  L.  A.  Standard  and  the  Condensed  Accession  Book  are  half 
numbered,  that  is  with  the  units  and  tens  printed  consecutively  thruout 
the  book,  without  charge.  Complete  figures  are  obtained  by  pre- 
fixing the  100s  and  i,ooos,  in  ink  or  by  numbering  machine,  at  every 
fifth  or  tenth  line,  which  are  heavy  guide  lines  across  the  double 
page.  These  can  be  read  quicker  than  complete  consecutive  numbers, 
as  the  eye  catches  the  prefixed  figures  and  reads  the  remaining  2  at  a 
glance. 

We  complete  these  numbers  at  30c.  per  1,000;  i.  e.  it  adds  $1.50  to 
the  cost  of  a  5,000-line  book  to  have  the  numbers    1-5,000  or  5,001- 
10,000  printed  in,  but  it  saves  more  than  this  in  looks  and  legibility. 
This  is  one  half  the  cost  of  full   numbering,  and  vastly  easier  to  read. 
No  charge  for  lettering  the  name  of  the  library  on  the  binding. 
Steel  ledger  clip  for  opening  at  exact  place,  saving  much 

wear  from  handling     .......  $  •50 

Box-wood  A.  L.  A.  Size  Rule  (see  2952  L.  B.  Catalog)      .  .30 

Cole  Size  Card,  (see  29s  i  L.  B.  Catalog)   ....  .35 

Heavy  slip  covers,  fitted  to  any  size,  duck         .         .  .  1.35 

«  «  «  '<  leather     .         .  3.00 

31b.  Condensed  Accession  Book.  Intended  for  use  in 
private  libraries,  where  it  was  found  desirable  to  keej?  some  record 
of  the  growth,  source,  and  cost  of  the  collection  ;  it  has  grown  into 
quite  a  formidable  rival  of  the  A.  L.  A.  Standard  among  public 
libraries.     The  headings  are  given  as  on  the  larger  book,  but  as  the 


82 

page  is  narrower,  the  columns  are  narrower,  hence  the  term  condensed. 
The  numbers  are  printed  25  on  a  page  in  series  of  100,  at  the  same 
cost  as  in  A.  L.  A.  Standard,  printed  witli  the  last  two  figures  without 
charge.  The  book  is  uniform  in  size  and  bindmg  with  the  L.  B. 
Binding  Book  and  Order  Book,  the  page  being  20x25  cm  (Sxio  in.). 
The  paper  and  binding  are  of  the  same  quality  as  in  the  A.  L.  A. 
Accession  Book. 

311)   1.       2,000  lines,  half  turkey  morocco,  with  rules,  etc.,  $3.00 

31b  'Z.       5.000     "  "  "  "  .  5.00 

31b  4.       1,000     "     press-board  covers,  "  .  l.OO 

31b  5.       Unbound  sheets,  per  100  lines    ....  .OG 

Shelf  List. 

Its    importance    and    usefulness    are    illustrated    by    the    following 
excerpts  from  an  editorial  in  vol.  i,  Library  Notes : — 

"  Once  each  year  the  librarian  reads  the  shelves  with  this  list.  As 
the  two  correspond,  he  has  only  to  look  at  the  book  number  and  number 
of  volumes,  and  identify  each  in  its  place  on  the  shelves,  or  if  any  are 
missing,  to  record  them.  From  this  missing  list  he  crosses  those  found 
to  be  properly  charged  or  at  the  binders  or  satisfactorily  accounted  for, 
and  the  remainder  is  the  annual  list  of  books  missing.  By  prompt 
attention  it  is  often  practicable  to  recover  missing  books,  and  no  com- 
petent and  faithful  librarian  will  fail  to  have  a  careful  inventory  of  the 
])roperty  committed  to  his  charge  made  in  this  way  each  year.  The 
objection  to  the  ordinary  blank  book  for  this  list  is  the  impossibility  of 
foretelling  how  rapidly  subjects  will  be  filled  and  the  consequent 
certainty  that,  however  carefully  the  pages  may  be  assigned  to  the 
various  subjects,  the  scheme  will  by  and  by  break  down  and  necessitate 
recopying  the  entire  work.  With  the  laced  shelf  sheets,  whenever  any 
page  is  filled  a  blank  sheet  is  inserted,  the  proper  order  is  perfectly 
maintained,  and  recopying  is  avoided.  If,  as  often  happens,  in  the  con- 
stant handling  of  the  list  during  the  inventory,  a  sheet  is  torn  or  soiled, 
that  single  sheet  can  be  replaced  with  a  fresh  one  with  trifling  labor, 
The  shelf  list  thus  combines  the  advantages  of  the  book  and  card 
forms,  being  kept  in  perfect  order  and  capable  of  expansion  and 
replacement  quickly  and  cheaply  as  need  may  arise,  and  yet  being 
handled  and  turned  through  the  fingers  as  readily  as  an  ordinary  book. 
As  the  great  majority  of  libraries  are  arranged  with  more  or  less 
minuteness  according  to  subjects,  in  the  same  proportion  the  shelf  list 
is  practically  a  subject  catalog  in  book  form  and  in  practice  is  constantly 
referred  to  by  those  who  have  access  to  it.     Wliile   its   real  purpose  is 


8:. 

for  inventory,  it  is  hardly  less  important  in  many  cases  as  a  guide  to 
subjects;  and,  if  one  chooses  to  insert  cross  references  and  notes  in  a 
different  colored  ink,  it  can  be  made  an  admirable  help  to  readers 
wherever  books  are  closely  classified  by  any  of  the  relative  systems." 

31i.  Shelf  List.  This  is  a  brief  inventory  of  everything  on 
the  library  shelves,  and  is  simply  indispensable.  It  is  the  guide  in  all 
examinations,  serves  to  keep  books  in  proper  place,  shows  any  absences, 
and  is  a  check  on  theft  as  well  as  misplacement. 

As  the  books  are  shelved  by  subjects,  the  Shelf  List  is  a  brief  Sub- 
ject Catalog,  and  in  use  is  found  of  \.\\q.  greatest prttctical  value.  While 
it  may  be  made  in  various  forms  and  sizes,  that  recommended  by  the 
Am.  Library  Association  has  been  found  most  convenient,  and  is  largely 
taking  the  place  of  other  forms.  It  is  20  x  25  cm  (8  x  10  in.),  ruled  with 
a  double  head  line  and  25  cross  lijies,  so  that  each  sheet  holds  on  the 
two  pages  50  books.  Columns  are  ruled  for  Book  No.  (2  cm).  Acces- 
sion No.  (3  cm).  Vol.  No.  (i  cm).  Author  (4  cm),  and  brief  title  (9  cm), 
with  I  cm  margin  for  binding. 

As  the  Shelf  List  is  in  all  systems  most  liable  to  be  altered  or  worn 
out,  it  is  very  undesirable  to  bind  it  in  the  usual  way  ;  and  the  Shelf 
Binder  has  proved  a  useful  invention  for  binding  quickly,  strongly,  and 
yet  so  that  any  needed  changes  can  be  easily  made.  The  sheets  are 
all  perforated  exactly  alike  by  machinery,  and  thru  these  holes  the 
binding  cord  or  flexible  steel  is  passed.  The  volume  may  contain  from 
I  to  200  sheets,  is  as  strong  and  convenient  as  an  ordinary  book,  and 
yet  in  a  moment  any  sheet  may  be  removed  or  a  new  one  inserted  with- 
out injury.  The  great  practical  convenience  of  this  system  of  perfo- 
rated sheets  and  shelf  binders  has  led  to  its  wide  adoption  for  a  great 
many  other  uses.  We  now  make  in  various  sizes,  rulings,  and  qualities 
for  many  other  purposes.  For  the  Shelf  List  proper,  however,  the 
standard  20x25  cm  size  is  so  much  used  that  it  only  is  kept  in 
full  stock  ready  ruled  and  printed  with  the  proper  heads. 

These  sheets,  20  x  25  cm  (8  x  10  in.),  are  ruled  from  the  best  linen 
ledger  paper  (1 125,  see  No.  53),  and  punched  with  two  holes,  15  cm 
apart,  to  fit  the  Shelf  List  Binder,  and  with  printed  headings  arc  75c. 
per  100;  60c.  per  100  without.       Special  Binder,  ijii.io. 

To  match  old  style  of  binders  or  any  variation  from  this  standard 
punching  or  ruling,  send  sample  sheet  with  order. 

Shelf  List  Binders.  The  C.  S.,  Emerson,  Universal  and  Spring- 
back  are  made  in  an  extra  strong  and  durable  binder  to  fit  and 
specially  for,  these  sheets. 

The  C.  S.  and  Spring-back  (the  latter  binds  without  perforating)  have 
the  largest  use  for  this  special  purpose. 

Price,  any  style  of  binder  named  above,  $1.10  each. 


84 

31j.  New  York  Shelf  List.  The  only  objection  to  the  Stand- 
ard A,  L.  A.  Shelf  List  is  that  in  close  classification,  either  so  many 
sheets  must  be  used  as  to  make  the  Shelf  List  bulky,  or,  if  more  than 
one  subject  is  put  on  the  same  sheet,  it  sooner  or  later  fills  up,  and  has 
to  be  recopied.  This  has  led  to  the  adoption  by  the  New  York  State 
Library,  whose  director  was  the  original  deviser  of  the  standard  sheet, 
which  has  come  into  such  extensive  use,  of  what  we  call  the  New  York 
Shelf  Sheet.  This  gives  a  line  25  cm  instead  of  20  cm  long,  with  extra 
space  for  author,  title,  and  numbers  ;  but  the  other  way,  instead  of  25  cm 
it  is  only  10.  These  sheets  laced  into  binder  make  a  Shelf  List  like  a 
pocket  check  book.  It  handles  easily,  and  the  sheets,  being  so  small, 
one  can  be  afforded  for  every  topic,  even  in  the  closest  classification, 
thus  avoiding  needless  recopying.  This  form  was  unanimously 
adopted  by  the  Faculty  of  the  library  School,  as  best  for  the  New 
York  State  Library,  where  books  are  closely  classed  on  the  shelves. 
Price,  per  100  sheets,  linen  ledger  paper  25  x  10  cm,  ruled,  printed,  and 
punched,  50c. 

Special  one-half  morocco  binder,  to  fit  in  the  C.  S.  style  or  Spring- 
back,  90c. 

331.  Shelf  list  cards.  By  using  cards  the  entries  of  new  books 
added  can  be  inserted  in  the  exact  place,  and  recopying  is  no  longer 
necessary.  32I  cards  in  white  or  colors  are  the  Jiiost  desirable  in  size 
and  weight.      Price,  $1.60  per  1,000. 

31r.  Day  a.nd  Serial  Blanks.  The  Day  Blank  is  ruled  and 
printed  to  give  a  blank  space  for  everyday  in  the  year.  The  months  are 
printed  at  the  top  of  the  columns,  and  the  days  at  the  left,  with  lines 
at  side  and  bottom  for  footings  and  notes.  Ruled  and  printed  on  both 
sides  and  punched  for  the  L.  B.  Shelf  binder.  Another  style  is  printed 
with  columns  for  half  yearly  and  yearly  summaries.  The  Serial  Blank 
has  columns  and  headings  for  title,  list  price,  cost,  date  of  order,  and 
from  whom.  This  used  with  Day  Blanks  on  either  side  makes  a 
record  for  64  serials  for  two  years.  The  Day  Blank  is  much  used  for 
statistics,  etc. 

Price  per  ten  for  either  day  or  serial  blanks:  ledger  paper,  25c.; 
by  the  100,  20  per  cent,  discount. 

L.  B.  Order  Books,  Sheets  and  Slips.  [See  No.  35a  and 
35V  for  description  and  prices  of  Slips  and  Sheets.]  These  have  been 
perfected  with  great  care,  and  together  make  an  ideal  order  system. 
Each  of  the  three  parts  is  used  largely  by  itself,  and  in  combination, 
for  various  purposes.  The  most  approved  plan  is  to  use  the  Slips  for 
recommendation  blanks,  to  submit  these  to  the  committee,  and  to  copy 
)n  the   Order  Book  those   voted,  and  then  to  arrange  these  with  the 


85 

other  unfilled  orders  in  the  alfabetical  Order  Index.  When  an  order 
is  to  be  sent,  the  List  in  the  Order  Book  is  copied  on  an  Order  Sheet 
which  is  an  exact  duplicate  in  size,  headings,  numbers,  etc.,  and  this 
goes  to  the  agent.  All  correspondence,  reports,  bills,  etc.,  fully 
identify  the  exact  item  by  simply  giving  the  consecutive  number  which 
is  on  Slip,  Book,  Sheet,  and,  when  they  come,  on  book  and  bill.  The 
Index  shows  at  a  glance  if  any  book  is  ordered.  The  Book  preserves, 
without  danger  of  loss  or  disarrangement,  the  complete  list  in  chrono- 
logical order.  The  file  of  slips  of  books  received  tells  price,  date,  agent, 
person  recommending,  etc. ;  in  short,  in  practice  this  system  is  found  to 
answer  all  the  questions  in  the  cheapest  and  most  direct  way.  Samples 
of  Slips  and  Sheet  will  be  sent  libraries  wishing  to  consider  the  adop- 
tion of  the  system. 

31u.  L.  B.  Order  Book.  An  essential  part  of  the  order 
system.  In  best  Turkey  morocco  binding,  linen  ledger  paper,  and  cor- 
responds in  quality  and  rulings  to  the  condensed  Accession  Book  (see 
No.  31b).  It  has  special  columns  and  printed  headings  for  Order  No., 
Author,  Title,  Place,  Publisher,  Year,  Vol.,  Size,  Binding,  Agent  or 
Book-seller,  List-price,  Net-price,  Date  Rec'd,  Date  Ordered,  Remarks, 
etc.  It  is  so  arranged  as  to  record  with  the  least  labor  all  the  items 
about  each  book  bo't,  and  becomes  one  of  the  most  important  record 
books  in  the  library.  See  Order  Slip  and  Sheet  No.  35U  and  35V. 
Printed  with  "half  numbers"  on  each  line  free;  fully  numbered,  30c. 

per  1,000  lines  extra. 

PRICE 

31ul.     2,000  lines,  ^  Turkey  morocco  binding $2.50 

31u2.    5,000     "      "       «  "  «  .....  4.50 

31v.  Keg-ister  of  borrowers.  Uniform  with  Order  and  Bind- 
ing Books,  ruled  and  printed  with  headings  for  no.,  name,  and  residence, 
and  half  printed  numbers  at  the  left-hand  margin  of  the  25  lines  to 
each  page. 

For  recording  borrowers'  names  and  assigning"  them  numbers  in 
accession  order,  which  numbers  are  used  on  borrowers'  cards  and 
in  charging  loans.  31  vi,  1,000  line  register,  Y-z  russia,  $1.75.  31  v2, 
2,000  line  register,  34  morocco.  $2.50. 

31x.  Binding'  Book.  For  recording  in  consecutive  order  the 
volumes  sent  to  the  bindery,  and  assigning  the  binding  number. 
This  order  to  the  binder  is  made  on  an  L.  B.  Binding  Slip  (see  35\)  for 
each  volume,  and  is  a  copy  of  the  one-line  entry  in  this  book.  Made 
on  linen  ledger  paper,  with  special  rulings  and  headings  for  Binding 


S6 

No.,  Lettering,  Material,  Color,   Size,  Vols.,  Price,  Total  Price,  Library 
No.,  Date  sent,  Date  returned.  Binder,  and  Remarks. 

31x1.     i.ooo  line,   press  board  covers  .         .         .         .         ,  .         $  .7.5 

31x2.     2,ooo       "     j-^  Turkey  morocco  2.50 

31x3.     5,000  .        "  «  4,5Q 

Sole  makers,  Library  Bureau,  530  Atlantic  Ave.,  Boston. 

33  and  33.  Catalog  Cards.  The  importance  of  having  these 
of  good  material  to  withstand  wear  and  give  the  best  possible  surface 
for  writing  and  erasure,  and  the  still  greater  necessity  that  they  be 
made  with  the  utmost  nicety,  is  explained  in  their  description  under 
Card  Inde.x  Outfits.  (No.  22,  p.  34  to  38.)  We  cannot  urge  these 
points  too  strongly,  even  tho  an  inferior  stock  be  used  for  cards  not 
often  consulted. 

If  cheaper  cards  are  wanted,  there  is  the  same  reason  for  buying  of 
the  Bureau  as  in  the  higher  grades.  All  of  our  cards,  of  whatever 
grade,  have  the  same  exactness  in  ruling,  cutting,  and  punching. 
This  result  can  only  be  obtained  by  methods  and  machinery  devised  by 
us  for  this  special  purpose. 

No.  22  describes  only  standard  cards  suited  for  outfits.  Here  under 
their  individual  catalog  numbers  are  other  grades  and  forms  for  which 
we  have  found  need  during  15  years.  Any  other  size  of  ruling  or 
printing  will  be  made  to  order.      Samples  on  application. 

d.  A  good  writing  paper  used  mostly  for  printers'  copy  or  tem- 
porary indexes.  Not  strong  enough  for  permanent  use,  nor  thick 
enough  to  be  consulted  easily. 

h.  The  heavy  linen  ledger  used  for  library  blanks  and  books. 
Much  used  in  private  lists,  or  where  economy  of  space  is  necessary. 
An  excellent  surface  for  writing,  but  too  thin  for  quick  handling. 
Made  in  white  only. 

Price,  per  i,ooo 

No.  32,  5  X  ]2j4  cm.  (2x5  in.),  ruled  and  punched 
No.  33,  7}^  X  I2>^  cm.  (3  X  5  in.),   " 

Same,  unruled  and  unpunched 

d  Ii 

No.  32,  .45  .70  No,  33, 

See  p.  32  to  36  for  rtescriptioii  and  list  of  L.  B.  Standard  Cards 
in  connection  with  Curd  Index  Oiitftts,  instead  of  here  in  the 
numerical  order  of  catalog. 


d 

h 

8.75 

8.90 

1.00 

1.^5 

d 

h 

.GO 

.90 

8/ 


Beside  the  standard  cards  cataloged  above,  we  have  forms  for  special 
uses,  as  shown  in  the  Library  School  Card  Catalog  Rules.  They  are 
a  material  aid  in  quick  reference  to  desired  matter  in  the  library  catalog, 
indicating,  both  by  printing  and  color  of  card,  the  nature  of  the  entry. 
We  commend  these  to  all  seeking  the  most  useful  catalogs.  Rules  for 
sample  cards  illustrating  their  use  are  in  the  Library  School  Catalog 
Rules. 

32ml.  Biography  cross  reference  cards,  printed  as  below  on 
green  bristo/,   matching  "  1  "  stock,  ruled  with   standard  ruling.     Price, 


$2.25  per 

[,000. 

For  va 
Biogr 

luable  matter  bearing  on  this 
aphy  of 

subject  see 

Among  othe 
Call    number 

r  lives 

note  specially :  — 
Life  of 

By 

1 

33ml.     Same  as  32ml,  33  size.      $3.00  per  1,000. 

32m2.  Criticism  card.  Printed  on  "1"  buff,  with  heading,  "For 
criticism  of."     Price,  $2.25  per  1,000. 

33m2.     Same  on  the  larger  card,  $3.00. 

321113.  Biography  card.  With  heading  printed  on  green  bristol, 
"For  biography  of."     Price,  $2.25  per  1,000. 

33m3.     Same  as  32m3  on  the  larger  card.     Price,  $3.00  per  1,000. 

32m4.  Bibliography  card.  Printed  on  ''V  blue,  "P"or  bibliog- 
raphy of."     Price,  $2.25  per  1,000. 

331114.     Same  as  32m3  in  the  larger  size.     Price,  $3.00  per  1,000. 

All  the  above  cards  arc  ruled  autl  jKinchcd.  Samples  scut  on  apjili- 
cation. 

33015.  Arrangement  cards  are  cut  8  cm  wide  to  project  /^  cm 
above  the  others.  Plain  white  bristol  printed  with  the  following 
note  :  — 

Cards  on  this  subject  stand  in  this  order:  — 
Bibliographical  (blue  cards);  Biographi.ai  (green);  General  works  (white); 
Special  topics  (white);  alphabeted  by  words  on  top  line,  in  red  ink,  as  follows:  — 


Price,  $4.00  per  1,000. 


88 


33m6.  Best  books  card.  As  below,  printed  on  plain  blue  bristol, 
cut  to  stand  2  mm.  above  the  others,  so  the  eye  recognizes  them 
without  turning.     $2.50  per  1,000. 


For  popular  treatises  see 


For  scholarly  or  exhaustive  treatises  see  :  — 


Revised 


o 


33017.     Removal  cards.     Price,  $4.00  per  1,000. 


Cards  have  been  temporarily  removed  from 

this  place 

for 

correction    or   additi 

ons  by 

the   catalogers. 

They  will 

be 

replaced  as  soon  as 

done. 

If  needed  before 

,  they  can 

be 

had  by  applying  to 

Size,  8x  12^  cm. 

t 

/ 

^ 

32017.      Same  as  33m7  on  smaller  card.      Price,  $3.00  per  1,000. 


.    89 

34:a.    Cliari»-iiii>-  Cards.    See  Charging  Systems,  Catalog  No.  25a. 

34b.     Call  Slips.     See  Charging  Systems,  Catalog  No.  25a. 

35ii.  L.  B.  Order  Slip.  An  almost  necessary  companion  of  the 
Order  Book  (see  3iu),  also  the  best  recommendation  blank.  Standard 
33  size  7^  X  12%  cm,  manilla  color,  blank  spaces  with  ))rinted  headings 
and  rulings  for  all  the  items  of  the  fullest  catalog  and  all  the  ofificial 
library  records.  Used  also  by  individuals  for  card  catalogs,  lists  of 
books  to  be  bought  or  read,  by  agents  to  make  offers  of  special  books 
for  sale,  etc.,  etc.  One  of  the  greatest  helps  in  keeping  records  and 
accounts.  Space  is  allowed  for  printing  the  name  of  the  library  at  the 
top,  a  great  convenience  when  slips  are  sent  to  the  purchasing  agent. 
This  costs  50c.  per  1,000  extra. 


Price,  No.  35U  L.   B.  Order  Slip,  $2.00  per   1,000.      Discount  10  per 
cent  on  5,000,  and  20  per  cent  on  10,000  in  one  order. 


Author's  surname,  followed  by  given  names  or  initials 


WRITE  LECIBLY 


Place 


I'liblislicr 


No.  of  Vols.     Size 


Total  Price 


NOT  in  great  need 


NOT  in  haste 

I  recommeiul  the  a1)ove  for  the  library.     Notice  of  receipt  is  NOT  asked. 
Signature 


Address 


Fill  above  fully  as  possible.   Cross  out  NOT,  if  notice  is  wanted,  if  in  great  need  or  special  hasie. 
Put  a?  before  items  of  whichyou  are  not  sure.  Give  reasons  for  recommending  ON  THE  BACK. 


The  above  is  the  face  of  the  L.  B.  Order  Slip.     On  the  back  the 

space  is  left  blank  for  notes,  except  the  fine  type  below :  — 

P.rief  reasons  for  recommending  are  specially  esteemed.  Last  or  best  edition  is  understood  if  none  is 
specified.  At  least  indicate  whether  published  here  or  abroad.  Clive  your  idea  ot  price,  with  a  ?  before  it  if 
only  an  estimate.     Do  not  put  dashes  or  "  Don't  know  "  in  spaces  you  cannot  till,  but  leave  for  others  to  fill. 

Write  legibly.  Careless  writini;  or  incorrect  or  insufficient  data  may  delay  or  prevent  ordering  or  finding, 
or  may  result  in  'Aettiiv.;  a  wrong  bo0k.  First  see  whether  we  have  the  book.  If  a  duplicate  is  wanted, 
clearly  indicate  why  needed.  If  others  wish  the  same  book  it  will  increase  its  claims  for  approval  if  they  add 
their  signatures.  Foreign  books,  ordered  from  abroad  to  save  25  per  cent  duty,  arrive  111  0  to  S  weeks.  "Out 
of  print"  books  often  require  much  time  to  find. 

Published  by  Librarv  Bcreai;,  530  Atlantic  .\ve.,  linslon. 


90 


Binding  No. 

Volumes 


at 


Total  Price 


tiiiz.  Sale  Duplicate  Slip.  Like  the  Order  Slip,  it  gives  a 
blank  for  every  detail.  Used  in  offering  duplicates  to  other  libraries, 
for  sale  or  exchange,  insuring  a  complete  statement  concerning  each 
book.      Samples  on  application.      Price,  $2.00  per  1,000. 

35x.  L.  B.  l»iii(liiij»-  Slips.  Standard  blue  slips  7)2  x  I2>2  cm. 
On  the  back  the  panels  of  the  book  are  ruled  off,  and  the  exact  lettering, 
arranged  as  wanted,  is  written  or  lettered  in  by  the  librarian.     On  the 

other  side  directions 
are  explicitly  given  by 
marking  circles  round 
the  color,  leather,  size, 
etc.,  wanted.  Space  is 
given  for  added  special 
directions  below.  The 
price  per  volume,  and 
total,  guard  against 
mistakes,  and  the  num- 
ber refers  to  the  Bind- 
ing Book,  where,  in 
proper  column,  all  these 
facts  are  recorded. 
This  slip  projects  from 
each  book  (or  first 
volume  of  each  set) 
when  sent  to  the  bind 
er,  and  stays  in  it  till 
the  book  is  done,  so 
that  no  workman  has 
any  excuse  for  mis- 
takes, complete  direc- 
tions being  before  him 
constantly.  This  has 
proved  both  to  libra- 
rian and  binder  a  most 
satisfactory  Blank. 
Price,  No.  35X,  L.  B_ 


Color 

1.  Llglit  Brown 

4.  Red 

8.  Dark  Green 

2.  Ml  Brown 

5.  Maroon 

91.  LigMBlne 

3.  BlacK 

6.  Olive 

92.  Yellow 

39.  Darlf  Bine 

7.  Liglit  Green 

style 

93-99.  LlgMDraD 

iGoat 

2-Eoaii 

k  Skiver 

T 

15 


S 
17i 


Size 

With  outside  liights  in  centimeters. 

D       0       Q       F 

20        25        30        35 


F* 

40 


FoUow  exactly  arrangement  of  lines, 
punctuation,  lettering,  as  on  back  of  this  slip, 
and.  general  directions  as  sent  in  writing. 


rublished  by  Library  Bure.iu,  m  .Mlantio  Ave..  Boston. 


Binding  Slij:),  25c.  per  100  ;  $2.00  per  1,000. 


35y.  L.  B.  Bindiiij>-  Sheet.  These,  like  the  Order  Sheets,  are 
the  unbound  sheets  of  the  Binding  Book.  (See  No.  31X.)  For  use  in 
sending  to  the  binder  instead  of  the  Binding  Slips,  if  preferred,  or  for 
the  use  of  individuals  who,  not  caring  for  a  bound  book,  use  the  loose 
sheets  instead. 
.  Price,  35y,   Binding  Sheets,  on  ledger  paper,  per   100,   $2.50. 


9T 

35v.  li.  B.  order  slieet.  This  is  25  x  40  cm,  an  exact  duplicate 
of  the  sheets  bound  up  in  the  Order  Book  (31U).  Used  to  forward 
to  the  agent  exact  copies  of  the  Order  Book.  A  sheet  partly  filled  is 
cut  on  the  line,  and  the  next  list  sent  begins  where  the  last  ended. 
Thus  the  agent,  keeping  his  Order  sheets  in  a  binder  or  scrap  book, 
has  a  duplicate  Order  Book. 

Price,  No  35W,  ledger  paper,  printed  both  sides,  per  100,  $2.50. 

36a-b.  Book  covers.  It  is  conceded  by  the  majority  of  lending 
libraries  that  the  advantages  of  using  covers  for  books  in  circulation 
are  not  sufficient  to  compensate  for  their  cost.  There  are  some, 
particularly  among  the  older  libraries,  who  do  not  accept  this  view, 
but  follow  the  custom  established  with  their  library  of  covering  all 
books  circulated  out  of  the  building.  For  these  and  for  the  smaller, 
individual  use,  we  offer  the  following:  — 

36a.  Adjustable  book  cover.  Made  of  manilla  paper  in  4 
pieces,  ready  gummed,  which  can  be  adjusted  to  any  book. 

Size  A  fits  i8mo  to  i2mo $1.50  per  100 

B     "    large  8vo  2.00       " 

C    "    geographies  or  4to     .         .  .  .  .        3.00       " 

36b.  One  piece  cover.  Made  of  strong  manilla,  self-sealing, 
and  easily  adjusted.  Can  be  changed  from  one  book  to  another  of  the 
same  size. 

Size  A  fits  32mo  to  Svo $i-75  P^'i'  100 

B     "    large  Svo 2.25       '' 

C    "    geographies        ......        3  25 

We  also  offer  plain  paper  cut  in  sizes  to  order.  Discount  for  large 
quantity. 

37a-d.  Printed  Shelf  Labels.  These  are  mainly  the  headings 
of  the  Decimal  Classification,  printed  on  small  cards,  fitting  the  movable 
L.  B.  Shelf  Label  Holders  (No.  29U).  The  principal  topics  or  main 
divisions  are  printed  on  2  x  12^  cm  cards,  the  subdivisions  on  2  x  5  cm. 
Four  series  are  offered  :  — 

3'7a.     Set  of  100,  covering  the  D.  C.  "Divisions,"  the  10  "classes" 

Price,  $2.00  for  the  set. 

37b.  The  most  used  headings  of  the  "  1,000  sections  "  of  the  D.  C- 
thus, — 


92 


11        A     ^J  HISTORY.       pAirODC. 

942   ENGLAND. 

Price  for  tlie  set,  $io.oo. 

3Tc.     520  labels,  2  .\  5  cm,  covering  subdivisions  of  the   1,000  sec- 
tions of  the  I).  C,  that  are  often  large  enough  to  require  marking. 


942.02 


ENGLAND 


NORMAN 


Trice  per  set,  $6.00. 

Sid.  Beside  the  D.  C.  labels  above,  we  have  printed  a  miscellaneous 
list  of  65,  that  finds  acceptance  in  every  library,  whether  classed  on  the 
decimal  system  or  not.  They  cover  names  of  all  the  states  and  terri- 
tories, days  of  the  week,  and  the  following  :  — 


Accession, 
Bindery, 


Card^ 

Classify, 


Do  not  Handle, 
Duplicates, 


Private  Books 
Revise, 


Reserved. 

Price  per  set,  50c. 


37g- 


37g-j.  Gunimetl  Labels.  P  or  num- 
bering backs  of  books  with  class  and  book 
number.  These  afford  the  cheapest  and 
most  effective  means  of  marking  the  backs 
of  books,  except  for  a  binder  to  letter  direct 
on  the  binding.  The  adhesive  quality  of 
these  labels  is  the  best  known.  Printed 
with  red  border,  or  perfectly  plain. 

Put  up  in  cartons  of  12  small  boxes,  75c. 
per  carton,  loc.  per  small  box.  In  bulk, 
5,000  in  a  box,  judce  : 

37g,  $2.50  per  box.    I  37!,  $2.00  jiL-r  box. 
37h,         2.25     "      "      I  37j,     1.75     "      " 


These  labels  are  also  ]uit  up  in 
book  form,  perforated  —  25  sheets, 
12  x  22  cm,  to  a  book. 

Book  of  size  37g  contains  500  laliels. 

"      ••      ••    37h        ••         750      " 


;?• 


Price  per  book  25c 


1050 


93 


.'5Sa.  Brass  Let tt'rs  aiul  lum- 
bers. Used  in  marking  .sections,  cases, 
alcoves,  localities  in  a  room,  etc.,  thus 
greatly  facilitating  reference  to  place. 
Handsomely  finished  in  polished  lac- 
quered brass,  the  edges  beveled  and  finished  like 
face  instead  of  rough  edge,  as  usually  made.  On 
the  wall  they  retain  an  ornamental  appearance, 
quite  different  from  the  soiled,  botchy  look  that 
printed  or  ]')aintcd  numbers  rapidly  assume.  A 
discount  of  20  per  cent,  is  allowed  on  20  or  more. 

rm  (1  U  in.)  iTi  hi^Iu,      15«-.  eacli.   I   yj^  cm  (3  in.)  in  hight,      3.5c  each. 
'■    12111.)  '■  !i5c.     "       I    10     "   (4111.)  "  40c.     " 

39a.  Adhesive  Paper.  For  mending  torn  leaves,  bank  bills, 
engravings,  maps,  letters,  manuscripts,  or  strengthening  weak  places  or 
wrinkles  in  paper.  It  is  transparent,  so  that  print  can  easily  be  read 
through  it.  Price,  per  package  of  24  sheets,  3^4  x6^  in.,  $1.00  ;  jiei- 
10  sheets,  9  X  14  in.,  $1.00  ;    14  x  18  in.,  $1.75  ;    IQX  29  in.,  $3.00. 

39b.  Adhesive  Cloth.  For  repairing  backs  of  books  and  covers, 
worn  music,  etc.      Price,  $1.50  per  square  yard. 


1^  cm  (^  ill.")  in  hi'^lu,       Sc.  each. 
2I4    ■•    (1  ill.)  ■         10c.     " 


94 

39c1.     Tho  Ac'iiie  l*<»cket.     Sec  Charging  Systems,  Cat.  No.  25a. 
39c*-i.     C.  C  Pocket.     See  Charging  Systems,  Cat.  No.  25a. 


95 


42a.  Coiiimon  Sense  Binder.  This  candidate  for  first 
place  has  made  friends  wherever  tried,  and  grown  into  very  large  use 
with  unexampled  rapidity.  After  long  experience  we  commend  it 
highly.  Two  metal  strips,  hinges,  or  stubs  make  a  vise  in  which  pam- 
flets  or  papers  are  clamped  by  flexible,  flat,  steel  fasteners,  attached 
to  the  right-hand  stub,  as  securely  as  if  bound.  This  fastener  is  stiff 
enough  to  perforate  thin  pamflets  without  previous  punching,  so  flexible 
that  it  can  be  bent  at  any  point  with  the  fingers,  and  so  strong  that  it 
may  be  bent  back  and  forth  in  constant  use  for  many  years  without 
breaking.  It  breaks  less  often  than  any  other  device,  and  can  be 
replaced  as  quickly  as  a  common  ccmxI.  This  fastener  is  passed  through 
the  papers  between  the  stubs,  which  are  held  firmly  together  till  it  is 
bent  over  as  close  as  possible,  thus  clamping"  them  together.  The  free 
end  of  the  fastener  is  then  protected  by  sliding  the  brass  clasp  over  it,  as 
shown  in  the  cut.     The  binder  is  simple,  durable,  and  common  sense. 

The  steel  fastener  cannot  stretch,  thus  cutting  the  papers  by  a  saw- 
like action.  They  clamp  by  a  right-angle  bend  in  the  steel,  and  so 
cannot  slip  in  fastening,  or  work  loose  in  use.  The  quickness  of  the 
operation  allows  frequent  removal  of  any  paper,  piece  of  music,  etc., 
often  a  great  convenience  when  a  single  sheet  is  wanted  and  a  whole 
volume  cannot  be  carried. 

Beside  the  styles  and  sizes  kept  constantly  in  stock,  we  make  any 
size  or  material  promptly  to  order. 

In  ordering  from  the  following  sizes,  allow  J2  cm  margin  all  round; 
i.  e.  order  a  binder  i  cm  (?i  in.)  longer  and  }^  cm  {^^^  in.)  wider  than 
paper. 


96 


PRICE    LIST    OF    COMMON-SENSE    BINDERS 


No. 

42al. 
a2. 
a3. 
a4. 
a5. 
a6. 
a  7. 
a8. 
a9. 
alO. 
all. 
a  12. 
al3. 
al4. 
al5. 
al6. 
al  7. 
al8. 
al9. 
a20. 
a21. 
a22. 
a23. 
a24. 


size  —  Centimeters 

1 5  X  24 

16x25 

16^x26 

19>^X26>^ 
20^  X  26 

21  X  27 

21x30 
22x31 
23  X  30}^ 

24x32 

26^^x36 
27x37 
27x37 

28  X  40>^ 

29  X  42 

3°/^  X  44 
32)^x45)^ 

34  >:  49/2 
38x56 
42x61 
47^x63^ 


Size  —  Inches 

5;^x8>^ 

6x9>^ 

6^x934: 

6>^x 

7>i:x 

SXx 


7H^ 
SXx 

gx 

lOX 

9>^x 

9^x 

lOX 
lO^X 
lO^^X 

10.34:  X 

I  I   X 

ii/zx 

I2X 

123/  X 


oH  

034  

o><    

o}^  ill  iKilf  morocco  only. 

o^     


'/2 

2^ 


3>4^ 

4X 


4|^  for  music. 

6       

6>^    

7X    

8       

9K  


Fm'.I  Clotli 

$  .«o 

.65 
.70 
.75 
.8U 

.80 

.85 

.85 

.85 

.00 

.95 

1.00 

1.00 

1.05 

1.10 

1.15 

1.20 

1.25 

1.35 

1.45 

1.50 

1.75 

.      1.85 

.      2.00 


a26. 
a27. 

Address    all    orders 


i6>^  X  24      2.25 

18^4^x25      2. 50 

to    Library   Bureau. 


Half  Russia 
$    .90 

1.00 
1.05 
1.10 
1.10 
1.10 
1.10 
1.15 
1.15 
1.20 
1.25 
1.30 
1.35 
1.35 
1.40 
1.45 
1.50 
1.55 
1.60 
1.70 
1.85 
2.00 
2.25 
2.40 
2.50 
2.80 
3.00 


44i.  L.  B.  Scrap  Book.  One  hundred  manilla  sheets  with  guards, 
laced  in  a  Common  Sense  Binder.  On  these  sheets  the  scraps  may  be 
pasted,  and  by  the  insertion  of  new  sheets  the  clippings  on  any  subject  can 
always  be  kept  together.  These  manilla  sheets  and  shelf  binders  make 
the  most  practical  scrap  book  yet  invented,  combining  in  the  fullest 
degree  the  merits  of  the  old  system  of  pasting  on  a  large  flat  sheet,  for 
easy  reading,  with  the  greater  advantage  of  constant  classification, 
power  of  revision,  and  easy  consultation. 

Price,  half  morocco,  Binder  and  100  manilla  sheets  with  guards, 
$1.50.  The  Manila  scrap  sheets  can  be  had,  cut  and  punched  to  same 
standard,  20  .\  25  cm,  25c.  jx-r  100. 


97 


44a.  The  L.  B.  Scrap  Box.  One  hundred  manilla  pocket-books 
arranged  in  a  heavy  case,  alfabetically  or  by  subject  numbers,  thus 
being  their  own  index.  With  it  scraps  may  be  classed  by  any  system 
and  found  again  at  once.  Not  being  pasted,  any  can  be  taken  out  for 
use,  to  replace  by  better  copies,  or  to  throw  away  after  their  season  of 
interest  has  passed.  This  system  has  great  advantage  over  any  method 
of  pasting.  The  subject  is  entered  on  the  pocket  and  in  the  index. 
Any  illustrations  or  notes,  as  thought  of,  heard  or  clipped  from  papers, 
are  added.  All  being  unpasted  can  be  arranged  or  re-arranged  for  any 
purpose,  and  in  making  up  sermons,  articles,  etc.,  those  parts  needed 
can  be  used  without  copying.  A  thin  book  inde.x  serves  for  analysis 
and  extra  cross  references  be}ond  those  on  the  pockets.  This  box 
holds  twice  as  many  scraps  as  Breed's  Book,  looks  neatly  on  the  shelf, 
and  allows  any  one  subject  pocket  to  be  taken  away  when  wanted 
without  taking  the  other  99.  Numbers,  letters,  months  and  days  on 
ready-gummed  slips  like  p.  o.  stamps  and  a  book-index  go  free  with  the 
L.  B.  Scrap  Box.     Price  $2.50. 


98 


44b.  Breed's  Portfolio  Scrap  Book.  A  series  of  50  very 
strong  manilla  pockets,  15x23  cm  (6x9  in.),  firmly  bound  in  red  or 
black  leather,  making  a  handsome  octavo  volume.  The  material  can 
be  arranged  alfabetically,  as  there  is  an  alfabetical  index  in  the 
front ;  or,  as  the  envelopes  are  numbered,  the  notes  and  clippings  can 
be  easily  classed  according  to  the  Decimal  Classification,  which  is  coming 
into  such  extensive  use  for  this  purpose.  (See  No.  12  L.  B.  Catalog.) 
The  pockets  are  all  provided  with  tucks,  so  that  it  is  impossible  for 
the  clippings  to  fall  out  and  get  lost,  even  tho  the  book  should  be 
dropped  on  the  floor.  The  binding  is  first-class,  and  well  calculated  to 
endure  constant  handling.  The  numerous  guards  in  the  volume  leave 
plenty  of  room  for  expansion  without  straining  the  back,  breaking  the 
sewing,  or  warping  the  covers.  This  has  many  of  the  advantages  of 
the  Utility  Scrap  Book  and  L.  B.  Scrap  Box,  and  can  be  ]i]aced  on  the 
shelf  with  the  other  books  of  the  librarv.      Price,  half  russia,  $2.00. 


99 


44ii.  Utility  Scrap  Book.  A  series  of  strong  manilla  pockets, 
lettered  and  bound,  with  space  for  expansion  between  each  group  of 
five  pockets,  which,  lettered  with  the  vowels  a,  e,  i,  o,  u,  make  in  all  1 20 
pockets.  The  scrap  or  note  is  placed  on  the  page  of  the  initial  letter 
of  its  subject  and  in  the  pocket  of  the  first  vowel  in  the  subject ;  i.  e.  a 
scrap  on  "Character"  goes  on  page  C,  in  pocket  a;  on  "Music"  in 
pocket  ?i  of  page  M.  The  pages  lie  close  together  when  empty.  The 
book  expands  as  more  space  is  needed,  and  its  capacity  is  five  or  six 
times  that  of   an  ordinary  scrap  book  of  the  same  size. 

No  paste,  mucilage,  strings,  springs,  orpins  are  used.  The  whole  col- 
lection is  instantly  self-indexed 
under  subject,  and  ready  for  refer- 
ence. All  scraps  are  simply  laid 
loosely  in  their  proper  compartment, 
and  any  individual  clipping  can  be 
taken  out  and  used  without  affecting 
the  classification  of  the  rest. 

The  Utility  is  at  once  an  index 
rerum  and  commonplace  book. 
Write  abstracts  or  quotations  on  slips 
with  references  to  volume  and  page. 
Thus  an  account  is  kept  of  what 
is  serviceable  in  one's  readins:. 

If  items  on  one  subject  accumulate, 
file  away  in  a  large  envelope,  and  refer  to  it  in  the  scrap  book;  this 
makes  needed  room  and  keeps  track  of  all  accumulated  matter. 

Both  sides  of  printed  sheets  are  preserved.     Fold  long  articles  to  the 
length  of  20  cm  (8  in.),  to  fit  the  pocket. 

When  the  book  is  full  it  is  a  valuable  cyclopaedia  of  those  things  in 

which  the  collector  is  chiefly  interested.     Another  copy  is  started  for 

current  collections ;    or  the  matter  may  be  taken  out  of   the  first  and 

filed  in  envelopes,  and  the  same  scrap  book  used  to  collect  a  new  supply. 

Price,  handsomely  bound  in  half  leather  ....         81.00 


lOO 


45a.  Clacher  Patent  Paniflet  Box.  By  far  the  best  and  most 
durable  case  for  filing  safely,  conveniently,  and  cheaply  all  pamfiets, 
periodicals,  music,  or  any  papers  that  need  to  be  kept  for  quick  refer- 
ence, free  from  dust,  wear,  and  injury.  It  is  a  handsome,  strong  wooden 
box  with  marbled  sides  and  top,  and  cloth  back  with  gold  lines. 

A  strong  concealed  spring  hinge  of  the  best  English  wire  automat- 
ically shuts  and  holds  the  cover  dust  tight.  In  use  the  ordinary  case 
must  be  taken  from  the  shelf,  the  dusty  cover  taken  off  the  top,  and 
the  contents  emptied  out  to  find  what  is  wanted.  It  takes  time,  and 
stirs  up  dust  and  contents.  With  this  box  the  back  of  the  wooden 
"book"  opens  like  a  spring  door,  without  latch  or  catch.  A  wooden 
slide  in  the  bottom  of  the  box  acts  as  a  car  to  carry  the  pamfiets. 
Drawn  out  it  holds  the  spring  door  open  during  consultation,  and 
the  pressure  of  the  finger  on  the  slide  replaces  the  contents  and 
shuts  the  box  again,  all  without  removing  the  case  from  the  shelf. 
There  is  no  other  device  that  keeps  the  contents  so  accessibly.  Inside 
the  door  is  a  blank  index,  so  arranged  as  to  be  written  on  conveniently, 
and  in  all  details  the  box  is  all  that  could  be  desired.  The  following 
are  always  in  stock ;  we  make  to  order  any  other  size  or  finish. 

PRICE    LIST 


No. 

al.| 
a2.  { 


a3. 


High. 
i6 

21 

9 


a4. 


S     22 
I     9 


a5.  < 

a6.  { 


10 


10 


Deep. 


17K 
7 

17/2 

7 

20%, 


Dimensions  given  are  Inside  Measure 

Thick. 

5  cm. 
2  in. 

6.2  cm. 
2>^  in. 

7.5  cm. 
■X  in. 


/  o 


cm. 


3in. 

8.8  cm. 
Z'A  in. 

8.8  cm. 
y/2  in- 


Price. 

No. 

High. 

Deep. 

Thick. 

Price. 

.50 

a  7. 

28 
II 

23 
9 

10  cm. 
4  ill. 

1       .80 

.55 

aS.  j 

ik 

-3 
9 

10  cm. 

4  in. 

1      .95 

.60 

a$).  j 

35 
'5 

-5 
10 

12  cm. 

1  1.25 

.65 

alO. 

Is  a7 

with  4 

slides,  and 

is    the 

best 

dust-proof 

.70 

pigeon 

-hole  case  for  bills, 

letters, 

etc. 

1.50 

<o 


lOI 


45iii-o.  C.  C  Pamtlet  Cases.  This  series  of  manilla  and  wood 
are  as  much  the  best  of  all  the  cheap  cases,  as  are  the  unequaled  Clacher 
of  the  higher  priced.     When  the  latter  cannot  be  afforded,  some  years' 

trial  in  many  different  libraries  has 
proved  these  the  most  perfect  and 
economical  device.  Cost  is  so  low 
that  they  can  be  used  with  great 
freedom. 

These  cases  have  solid  tops,  avoid- 
ing the  injury  to  pamflets  and  the 
extra  dust  and  dirt  of  the  open-end 
patterns.  They  have  nothing  to  get 
out  of  order,  being  merely  handsome 
cases  open  on  the  back.  Standing 
on  the  shelves,  this  form  is  least 
exposed  to  dust ;  and,  if  the  case  be 
pushed  against  the  back  of  the  shelf,  it  acts  like  a  dust  cover. 

Made  in  all  the  standard  sizes.  Special  sizes  made  promptly  to  order 
at  proportionate  rates.  The  regular  stock  is  in  different  thicknesses  : 
I.  The  manilla  case  for  a  few  thin  pamflets.  2.  The  half  thickness. 
3.  The  standard.  This  avoids  the  waste  of  shelf  space  and  the  crump- 
ling down  of  the  pamflets  occasioned  where  the  thick  cases  must  be 
used,  tho  there  are  few  pamflets  on  the  subject.  If  the  collection 
increase,  it  is  very  easy  to  replace  either  of  the  thinner  cases  with  a 
thicker  one,  and  change  the  labels,  extra  labels  being  furnished  for  this 
purpose. 

Manilla  C.  C.  Pamtlet  Cases.  Made  from  heavy  tag-board  to 
take  a  few  thin  pamflets. 

45m.   I.      Size  25  X  17.5  cm  (10  x  7  in.).      Price  .  .  .  3c. 

45m.   2.         "     31x20.5    "     (12x8"  ).  "  ...  4c. 

AVoocl  C  C.  Painflet  Cases.  Thoroughly  seasoned  stock,  joined 
in  the  strongest  way,  all  neatly  covered  with  very  durable  marbled 
paper. 

Size  25  X  17.5  X  3  cm  (10  x  7  x  \j{  in.). 
"     25  X  17.5  x6     "    (10x7x2;^    "  ). 
"     25  X  17.5  X  10  "    (10  X  7  X  4       "  ). 
"     26  X  17.5  X  7     "    (1014;  X  J  \  2}i  in.). 
"     27.5  X  18.5  X  ^.5  cm  (II  X  Jj4  X  1 3/^   in.). 
"     27.5  X  18.5  X  7.5     "    (II  X  7/2  X  3 
"     27.5  X  18.5  X  10     "    (II  X  71-  X  4 


45-0 

3- 

45-0 

4- 

45-0 

5- 

45-0 

6. 

45-0 

7- 

45-0 

8. 

45-0 

8a. 

45-0 

9- 

45-0 

10. 

50  X  22.5  X  9 


(12x9x3 


1 1/, 


Irice 

• 

15c 

(( 

. 

20c 

<< 

. 

25c 

(< 

. 

20c 

in.). 

Price 

20c 

"  )• 

ti 

25c 

"  )■ 

<< 

30c 

"  )• 

i< 

30c 

")• 

(1 

35c. 

'     35  X  25  X  10.5         "    (14  X  10  X  413 
A  discount  of  20  per  cent  on  10  or  more  cases. 

These  dimensions  are  all  outside.     The  inside  measures  are  approxi- 
mately I  cm  less  in  the  wood  cases. 


I02 


46a.     Spring-back  Binder.       The   papers    or  pamflets    are   held 

firmly  in  a  vise  made  by  the  steel  cylinder 
spring  back.  No  awl,  needle,  or  string  is 
used.  The  sides  serve  as  levers  to  open  this 
cylinder,  -which  holds  one  sheet  firmly  or 
may  be  opened  to  hold  a  volume.  The  best 
device  for  keeping  clean  and  in  order  any 
papers  not  to  be  mutilated  by  the  needles  of 
the  ordinary  binders. 

This  has  led  to  a  large  use  in  reading- 
rooms  for  papers  with  double-page  illustrations  ;  there  is  no  perfora- 
tion or  mutilation,  and  papers  are  preserved  in  a  perfect  condition  for 
permanent  binding.  The  chief  advantage,  however,  is  the  ease  and 
quickness  with  which  papers  can  be  taken  out  or  inserted. 

Also  as  a  reading-case.  The  steel  cylinder  fits  the  hand  and  supports 
the  pamflet  so  it  is  vastly  easier  to  hold  while  reading.  The  sides 
keep  it  flat  and  clean,  and  prevent  the  otherwise  inevitable  dogearing 
of  the  corners.  It  is  the  work  of  an  instant  only  to  put  in  or  take  out. 
Thus  a  magazine  or  part  of  a  choice  book  appearing  in  numbers  may  be 
read  by  a  whole  family  without  hurting  its  appearance  one  fifth  as  much 
as  would  a  single  reader  without  the  spring-back  case. 

All  binders  in  list  below  have  roan  back  and  corners.  We  make 
promptly  to  order  any  other  size  or  style  of  binding.  In  ordering  sizes 
not  on  our  list,  give  exact  size  of  paper  to  be  bound 
specify  shape. 


For  oblong  books 


Lettering  title  on  front  cover  is  at  actual  extra  cost. 


PRICE    LIST 


To  Fit  Size  in 
No.  Cm.  Inches 

46ai       i6      X  25 

18       X  26%     7/8  X 

I9>^  X  29 

20j4  X  26 
2  I         X  30 

X  30> 


7%x 


23 


-0/2    -^   JJ72 


a2 

as 
a4 

as 
a6 

a8 

ag  26 >^  X  36  iO}4  X 

aio  27}4  X  37  10^  X 

an  29      X  42  1 1>^  X 

ai2  30^  X44  12      X 

ai3  32    X45M  12^  X 


233^ 
24 


X  3 1  /^ 


6^x9^ 

I  jj 
8>^  X 

9      -^ 


For 

Atlantic,  &c 

Harpers,  Century,  &c.    . 

Science,  Medical  Record,  &c. 

Letter  paper.  Shelf  Sheets,  &c., 

Franklm  Square  Library,  &c., 

Punch.  Fliegende  Blatter,  &c. 

Seaside  Library,  &c. 

2)4      Nation  Critic,  &c 

414^      Cap  papers 

4)4      Sheet  Music 

6)4      Scien.  Am.,  Youth's  Comp.,  &c. 

Harper's  Weekly,  &c. 

London  News,  Graphic,  &c.     . 


u/4 


1  1/ 


Price 
$     .90 

1. 10 

I. ID 

I. ID 

1.20 

1.25 

1-35 

1-35 

1-55 
1.60 


7)i 


1.70 
1.80 
2.00 


lo- 


46nl.  The  Athenaeum  Newspaper  File.  The  file  consists 
of  a  centre  stick,  around  whicli  are  arranged  seven  smaller  sticks  kept  in 
place  by  the  rubber  handle  at  the  bottom,  and  a  common  rubber  umbrella 

ring  at  the  top. 
Each  one  of  the 
smaller  sticks 
binds  the  middle  of 
each  paper  against 
the  other  sticks, 
holding  it  securely 
and  keeping  it  sep- 
arate from  the 
other  papers. 

Fig.  I  r  e  p  r  e  • 
sents  this  file  filled 
with  papers.  Fig.  2  shows  about  the  usual  condition  of  papers  in 
many  other  styles  of  files  in  which  pins  or  spurs  are  depended  on  for 
holding  the  papers  in  position.  Fig.  3  is  a  diagram  showing  the 
end  of  the  file  and  the  group  of  seven  small  rods  surrounding  the 
central  rod,  each  small  rod  holding  one  paper.  Without  threads, 
needles,  spurs  or  metal  strips  this  file  binds  securely,  holds  the  papers 
consecutively,  and  is  one  of  the  simplest  files  manufactured. 

No.   I,   length,  48  in.  to  fit  papers  up  to  38  in. 

2,       "         40  "            "         "  30    '' 

36  "            "         "  26    " 

32  "            "         "  22    '■ 

Price  per  ten,  $6.00. 
For  racks  see  y8n. 


46n6.  The  Coinmon  Sense 
Newspaper  Hohler,  constructed  by 
attaching  the  steel  fixtures  of  the  Coni- 
mon  Sense  Binder  to  rods  of  the  re- 
quired length.  It  binds  the  pages  of 
each  paper  in  consecutive  order  ;  com- 
bines all  the  advantages  of  the  binder ; 
is  simple,  durable,  and  cojumon  sense, 
and  is  very  widely  used. 

Sizes,   16,  18,  21,  24,  26,  28,  30,  and  34  in. 
Price  per  ten,  $6.00. 


2  1/2.     " 


i()4 

4Gn8.  Atwater  Newspaper  Files.  These  have  had  a  wider 
use  among  Y.  M.  C.  A.  reading-roc^ms,  liotels,  and  club  rooms  than  any 
other  style,  on  account  of  the  low  price.  It  is  simply  two  sticks  held 
together  by  strong  rubber  rings,  and  in  place  by  two  pins.  The  papers 
are  astride  the  longer  stick,  and  kept  from  slipping  off  by  the  pins  and 
Mie  second  stick.      A  practical  cheap  file. 


It  does  not  file  consecutively.     Price  per  lo  : 
12,  14  and  16  inch  between  Bands 


18,  20 

(( 

22 

(» 

n 

tt 

24,  26 

i( 

28 

it 

n 

K 

30,  82 

ti 

34 

a 

K 

a 

36,  38 

(< 

40 

t  i 

i  i 

a 

$2.50 
3.00 
3.50 
4.00 
4.50 


Address  all  orders  t<>  Lilirary  I^ureau,    530  Atlantic  A\e.,  l^oston. 


I05 


Library  Bureau  XeAvspaper  File.  A  bamboo  case  with  a 
natural  wood  handle,  a  cap  and  three  sticks.  Simple,  light,  durable, 
convenient,  easily  adjusted.  An  article  long  needed  by  libraries,  which 
meets  every  requirement. 

Sample  file  sent  express  paid  for  60  cts.     Price,  per  dozen,  S5.00 


io6 


47a-f.  Iiiterchauj::eal)le  Pigeon-Hole  Cases.  The  demand 
for  Danner  Cases  with  one  or  more  spaces  filled  with  pigeon-holes  led 
to  this  device.  They  exactly  fit  the  spaces  of  a  standard  revolving 
book  case,  and  furnish  not  only  for  them,  compartments  for  all  standard 
blanks  from  a  postal  card  to  a  foolscap  sheet,  but  are  equally  con- 
venient for  the  same  use  on  shelves,  tables,  desks,  or  elsewhere.  All 
are  same  hight  and  width,  one  above  another  they  match ;  side  by  side, 
the  tops  are  a  level  surface,  and  so  are  interchangeable.  Thousands 
have  been  sold.  They  are  made  in  oak  only,  hansomely  finished.  To 
enable  them  to  stand  side  by  side  closely,  as  well  as  to  go  in  the 
Danner,  all  are  made  without  top  moulding.  All  cases  are  25  cm  high 
and  35  cm  wide  (9^  x  13^  in.)  outside.  The  cuts  below  show  arrange- 
ment. Any  other  size  or  form  will  be  made  to  order.  Designed  to 
hold  standard  library  sizes:  P.  size  jyo  x  12^  cm  (approximately) 
3x5  inches  ;  note  size  125^  x  20  cm  (approximately)  5  x  8  inches; 
letter  size  20  x  25  cm  (approximately)  8  x  10  inches. 

Price,  $2.50  each. 


47a.  20  boxes,  1 2 14  cm  deep,  4  high 
and  8  wide  (5x15^x31^  in.).  Made 
to  fit  postals.  No.  33  catalog  cards, 
and  small  envelopes. 


4:'7b.     15  boxes,   15  cm  deeo.  4  high  1 
and   II   wide  (6  x  i^  x  4^^  in.),  for  billet 
size  papers,  tracts,  envelopes,  and  folded 
papers. 


47c.  12  boxes,  20  cm  deep,  5  high 
and  II  wide  (8x2x41^  in.),  fitting  legal 
envelopes,  leases,  insurance  policies,  and 
all  the  larser  standard  folded  blanks  and 
legal  documents.  This  is  one  of  the 
most  used  cases. 


lo; 


47(1.  lo  spaces  fitting  pamflets, 
mss.  and  note  size  paj)ers,  circulars, 
etc.  Each  space  is  20  cm  deep,  4  high 
and  16  wide  (8  x  i}{  x  6}(  in,). 


47e  gives  i  space  for  cap,  2  for  letter 
size  papers,  2  for  pamflets  or  mss.,  2  for 
note,  2  for  folded  papers,  postals,  or 
small  envelopes,  and  i  small  space  for 
pencils,  eraser,  etc. 


4:7f  gives  4  spaces  for  letter  paper, 
2  for  note,  and  2  for  legal  envelopes  or 
folded  blanks.     " e"  and  "/"  have  the 


largest  sale. 


4'71-ii.     Pigeon- Hole    Cases.      Same    wood      and    finish,    but 

smaller  than  47a-f.     Price,  $3.00  each. 


411.  Made  to  fit  standard  letter  size 
papers,  like  shelf  sheets,  order  sheets  folded, 
and  the  various  library  blanks.  P2ach  space 
is  20  cm  deep,  26  wide  and  4  high  (8  x  10^ 
X  i^  in.). 


47ii  gives  10  spaces,  13^^  cm  wide, 
20  deep  and  4  high,  for  standard  note 
sheets.  Also  used  for  large  envelopes, 
circulars,  etc.  "/"  and  ";/"are  made  in 
oak,  walnut,  or  cherry. 


io8 


48;i-i).  JL.  I>.  File  and  Pamflet  Case.  The  result  of  years  of 
experiment  to  get  a  satisfactory  file  or  paraflet  case  at  low  cost.  Half 
of  one  side  doubles  back  on  itself,  allowing  the  most  convenient  p(jssible 
consultation  of  contents  without  removing  from  the  box.  The  thickness 
allows  the  left  hand  easily  to  hold  the  case  with  the  door  and  flap  open, 

while  the  right  is  free  to  turn  the 
index  leaves  and  select  just  what 
is  wanted.  This  makes  consulta- 
tion much  easier,  as  no  shelf  or 
table  room  is  needed  ;  in  fact, 
users  of  the  case  for  convenience 
will  take  it  from  a  table  and  hold 
it  in  the  left  hand. 

Made  of  heavy  board,  covered 
with  a  highly  glazed  mottled  paper, 
which  wears  without  thread  or 
ravelling,  as  cloth  does  not. 

We  heartily  commend  these 
cases  for  keeping  all  ])apers,  jjam- 
flets,  clippings,  or  other  matter  to  be  arranged  alfabetically,  numeri- 
cally, chronologically,  or  otherwise. 

As  a  Pamf!et  Case.  It  is  dust  tight,  opens  quickly  for  easy  access 
to  contents,  while  it  does  not  spill  if  carelessly  handled.  The  cases  go 
on  edge,  book  fashion,  on  a  common  shelf. 

As  a  Letter  File.  A  large  sale  of  these  cases  is  for  files  for 
letters,  bills,  and  various  papers.  For  single  files  for  a  small  corres- 
pondence these  are  handiest  and  cheapest.  With  combination  indexes, 
they  often  take  the  place  of  filing  cabinets.     Separate  cases  for  each 

subject  are  inexpensive 
and  wonderfully  conven- 
ient. Patrons  who  or- 
der one  case  on  trial, 
almost  in\ariably  find 
uses  for  many  more. 

Expansive  Indexes. 
We  make  various  alfa- 
betical  and  numerical 
indexes  exactly  fitting 
the  different  sizes  of 
boxes.  The  main  sale 
for  letter  files  is  size  "g;"  for  this  we  furnish,  beside  the  above, 
indexes  in  sets  of  2,  5,  10,  or  20,  covering  a  single  alfabet,  giving  the 
close  and  carefully  devised  subdivisions  of  expensive  cabinets  ;  i.  e_ 
10 g  boxes  with  a  lo-section  index  give  the  capacity  of  a  lo-file  cabinet 


I09 


»';■  r     .^ 

'ms'.-  .^..-..     ■ 

wk 

1 

P^sbT  ';■■■:,.:. 

1 

:    1 

J48  E  L  . 

B48fP 

ri^>»-;  ■."  * 


'iAL. 


t^^l^lBBiair^ 


•wBf^E^.i. 


I  lO 


at  a  cost  of  $4.00.     When  the  boxes  are  filled,   they  are  replaced  with 
new  ones  at  less  than  the  u.sual  cost  of  transfer  cases. 

For  all  sizes,  a  to  z  indexes,  numerical  indexes  (25  numbers  in  a 
set),  and  blank  ones  to  be  written  upon,  are  furnished  at  the  same 
price  as  the  box.     (See  list  below.) 

As  a  Newspaper  File.  The  larger  sizes  are  an  excellent  device 
for  keeping  files  of  papers  clean  for  quick  reference.  The  very  large 
sheets  are  best  folded  once  or  twice.  The  smaller  ones  like  Harper's 
Weekly  should  go  fiat.  Send  size  of  paper  to  be  filed,  and  we  will  send 
an  L.  B.  Case  to  fit  it,  and  guarantee  satisfaction. 

PRICES   OF   L.    B.    FILE  AND   PAMFLET   BOXES. 
Inside  Measure.  Order  by   Letter. 


No. 

High. 

Deep. 

Thick. 

a, 

J 

16 

6!4 

3.6  cm. 
1%  in. 

h 

I 

21 

&)4 

13, 

5/s 

4.3  cm. 

c 

\ 

23 
9 

I' 

5  cm. 
2  in. 

d 

9 

17X 

7 

5  cm. 
2  in. 

e 

I 

10 

17.^ 

7 

5.7  cm. 
2X  i». 

f 

25'A 
10 

20}4 

8 

5.7  cm. 
2X  in. 

S 

2S 
I  [ 

-3 
9 

6.5  cm. 

2)4  in. 

h 

\ 

3^  . 

10 

7.2  cm. 
2^  in. 

rice. 

No. 

.20 

i 

.20 

.1      1 

.25 

k    j 

.25 

'  1 

.25 

m  ■ 

.25 

P   s 

tliin      ( 

.25 

thick    I 

.30 

High. 

Deeji. 

Tliick. 

Price. 

36    ^ 

^-5/2 
10 

7.2  cm. 
~H  in. 

1 

.40 

44 

ik 

8  cm. 
3X  ill- 

\ 

.50 

5' 
20 

13 

9  cm. 
3K  >"• 

I 
1 

.50 

56 

2  "^ 

3^ 
15 

10  cm. 
4  in. 

f 

.60 

61 
24 

5' 
20 

1 1  cm. 

4H  i"- 

\ 

.75 

5X 

8K 

3>( 

3  cm. 

iXin. 

I 

.15 

'3^ 

5% 

8>^ 

3X 

6.5  cm. 
2}i  in. 

1 

.15 

Indexes  cost  extra,  and  are  the  price  of  the  cases  of  the  same  size. 
Discount  of  20  per  cent  on  five  or  more  cases  or  indexes  in  one  order. 

48p.  Card  Index.  A  thick  (6>^  cm.)  p  L.  B.  box,  filled  with 
200  No.  33I  cards  and  an  alfabetical  index.  Often  used  for  the 
references  on  a  single  topic  or  in  working  over  matter  away  from 
regular  outfit,  and  for  a  small  beginning  of  an  individual  card  catalog. 
Box,  cards,  and  index  cost  75c. 


1 1 1 

Checking-  Paper.  An  L  sheet  ruled  into  cm  squares,  giving 
500  spaces  to  each  side  of  the  sheet  for  statistics,  tabulations,  etc. 
Every  fifth  cross  and  down  line  is  a  heavy  red  one,  marking  the  sheet 
off  into  5  cm  squares.      All  sheets  are  punched.      Price  per  100,  50c. 

li.  B.  Ruling".  The  standard  ruling  for  correspondence  in  L  size 
papers  is  lines  i  cm  apart.  This  "  L.  B."  ruling  has  the  same  main 
cross  lines,  and  faint  intermediate  lines  between  the  regular  rulings, 
giving  one  half  cm  cross,  for  interlining,  shorthand  work,  or  closely 
written  matter.  It  also  has  faint  down  lines,  dividing  the  page  into 
four  columns  for  headings  or  tabulations.  The  faint  rulings  can  be 
written  over  without  affecting  legibility. 

Made  in  L  and  N  sizes,  punched  for  the  standard  binder  or  for 
lacing.  Price  per  100  sheets,  N  size,  30c  ;    L  size,  50c. 

Discount  of  10  per  cent  on  1,000  or  more  in  one  order. 

Blocks  or  Pads.  We  have  made  for  us  at  the  mill  a  series  ot 
standard  sized  papers  of  ordinary  grade,  blocked.  Of  good  writing 
surface  and  of  ample  quality  for  notes  and  memoranda  ;  chiefly,  they  are 
cut  and  blocked  into  e.xact  sizes.  All  are  put  up  in  double  thick  pads, 
to  avoid  paying  for  straw  board  instead  of  paper.  Uniform  in  quality 
and  always  of  standard  size,  they  will  be  found  far  more  satisfactory 
than  the  irregular  sizes,  varying  weights  and  grades,  of  odds  and  ends 
of  paper  usually  put  up  in  this  way. 

PRICES 

size. 

jY-z  X  12%  cm   (3  X  5    in.)  P    size    per  10, 
I2>^  X20        "     (5  x8      "  )  N     " 
20      X25        "    (8x  10  ")  L      " 


Weight. 

4  lbs. 

$  .65 

10  " 

1.50 

20  " 

3.00 

I  12 

Vertical  Filing:  Cabinets.  This  practical  construction,  first  used 
in  card  catalog  cabinets,  is  familiar  to  all  librarians. 

The  Library  Bureau  next  manufactured  vertical  filing  cases  for  in- 
voices and  loose  sheets,  about  5"x8"  inside.  The  file  was  so  effective  in 
saving  time  and  space  that  a  still  larger  file  is  now  made  having  inside 
dimensions  io"x  12"  and  22"  deep. 

This  file  is  designed  for  letters,  pamphlets,  reports,  bulletins,  and  mis- 
cellaneous matter  that  must  be  filed  for  reference.  The  file  is  dust 
proof,  very  convenient,  and  quite  as  accessible  as  a  card  index.  Each 
drawer  has  a  capacity  of  seven  ordinary  files  or  boxes.  The  drawers 
are  fitted  with  duplex  extension  slides,  which  permit  the  full  dejjth  of 
the  drawer  to  be  used.     These  files  are  carried  in  stock  in  four  sizes. 

48r3.  Three  drawer  file $35.00 

48r8.  Eight       "        " 55.00 

48rl2.  Twelve     "        " 75.00 

48rl6.  Sixteen     "        " 95.00 

The  numeric  system  of  filing  correspondence  is  similar  to  the  Dewey 
Decimal  Classification  of  books.  Each  letter  is  numbered  accordmg  to 
the  subject  ;  the  numbers  are  found  by  referring  to  a  card  index  arranged 
by  subjects.  All  the  material  on  one  subject  is  thus  assembled  in  one 
folder  bearing  this  subjeet  number.  The  folders  are  then  filed  numeri- 
cally in  the  vertical  letter  file  described  above. 

Folders  of  heavy  manilla  paper  numbered  twice,  $5.75  per  1000  ;  un- 
numbered, $5.00  per  1000. 

Guides  similar  to  those  used  in  card  catalogs,  $1.35  per  100. 


113 


114 

55a.  Library  Bureau  Steel  Pens.  These  have  been  made 
specially  for  cataloging  and  other  library  handwriting,  but  are  equal)}- 
good  for  commercial  uses.  They  are  made  by  the  largest  and  best 
makers  in  the  world,  and  are  as  perfect  a  steel  pen  as  can  be  made.  In 
every  respect  they  will  be  found  superior. 


■?-'^"'sJ  LiBMt^ 


No.   I  . 
Price,  $1.00  gross. 


No.  3. 
Price,  $1.00  gross. 


No.  2. 
Price,  $1.00  gross. 


Falcon. 
Price,  50c.  gross. 


55a  1.  Library  Bureau  pencils.  These  are  the  best,  highest 
grade  lead  pencils,  specially  manufactured  for  library  or  commercial  uses 
by  the  best  makers.  They  are  of  superior  quality,  and  are  satisfactory 
in  every  respect. 


^    |i|mrT 
IgU^I  null 


^B> 


•mmimm 


Library  Bure 


J 


^ffrnr 


II 


Library-^Bin-ea-D" — -Commercicd  NQ3 


Orders  solicited  by  the  dozen  or  gross.      In  ordering,  state  whether 
hard  or  soft  leads  are  desired.     Price,  50c.  per  dozen.     Special  discounts 


on  large  orders. 


115 


♦v. 


0 


5G.  Higgins'  drawing  board  muci- 
lage. This  is  a  vegetable  glue  and  warranted 
to  keep  perfectly  good  and  to  contain  no  inju- 
rious ingredients.  It  possesses  great  strength 
and  is  recommended  for  sticking  almost  every- 
thing.    Put  up  in  screw  capped  jars. 

Price,  3  oz.,  15c.;  6  oz.,  25c.;  14  oz.,  50c.; 
}4  gallon,  $2.00;  gallon,  $3.50. 

We  also  furnish  Higgins'  Photo  Mounter, 
which  is  made  especially  for  mounting  photo- 
graphs, drawings,  etc.     Put  up  as  above. 

58.  Patent  Spring  Clasps.  In  real 
ity  tiny  but  strong  spring  clips.  Can  be 
used  over  and  over  again,  are  nearly  as  cheap 
as  common  pins,  and  largely  supersede  pins, 
staples,  paper  fasteners,  rubber  bands,  clips, 
and  all  devices  for  fastening  papers  or  cards 
together,  either  temporarily  or  permanently. 
No  machine  is  needed  to  apply  them,  as  for 
most  paper  fasteners  or  staples.  They 
strengthen,  instead  of  weakening  the  papers; 
and  as  a  binder  for  newspapers  they  allow 
opening  of  every  sheet  flat,  a  material  ad- 
vantage over  other  devices.  Chiefly,  the  Clasps  are  the  only 
paper  fasteners  that  file,  bind,  or  fasten  papers  together 
securely  without  injury  or  mutilation.  For  librarians  these 
are  specially  valuable  for  keeping  together  cards,  order 
slips,  etc.,  pertaining  to  the  same  book  in  the  catalog 
department,  and  at  the  delivery  desk  for  keeping  together 
call  slips,  delinquent  notices,  etc. ;  also  for  attaching  firmly 
to  the  book,  without  leaving  the  slightest  trace  after  removal, 
cards,  slips,  notices,  etc.  Trial  will  insure  their  being  kept 
constantly  on  hand.  Sample  cards  of  100  sent  postpaid 
for  25c.     Price,  $1.50  per  1,000. 


11 


58c.  Bank  Pins.  Every  one  who  handles  many  papers  finds  use 
for  pins,  regardless  of  the  various  other  indispensable  paper  fasteners. 
The  L.  B,  pins  have  sharp  points,  and  will  not  bend  readily.  Price  : 
^-Ib.  boxes;  per  lb.  :  f^  in.,  $1.40 ;  ^  in.,  $1.20  ;  i  in.,  $1.00 ;  i}(  in., 
.90;   ij4  in.,  .90;   i}i  in.,  .75. 

The  I  in.  and  i^  in.  are  sold  stacked  in  pyramids,  a  very  con\enient 
form  for  desk  use.     Price,  loc.  per  pyramid. 


I  [6 


58i.  CliiK'li  Pa[>er  Clip.  A  more  recent 
imenlion  than  the  spring  clasps.  It  possesses 
many  of  the  advantages  of  older  styles  of  clips,  is 
flat,  and  binds  firmly. 

Put  up  in  quarter-thousand  boxes.  Price  per 
box,  S.20. 


58ii.  Utility  paper  clii>.  For  keeping  papers 
togecher  without  puncturing  or  mutilating  them.  It  is 
flat  and  especially  good  for  papers  to  be  filed  among 
other  papers,  or  for  cards  in  card  indexes. 

Price,  25c.  per  box  of  100. 


Gla-l).  JPaper  Shears.  These  are  an  essential  part 
of  a  complete  desk  equipment.  Best  quality  shears,  of  best 
proportions  for  cutting  paper,  are  often  found  with  difficulty, 
if  at  all.  We  have  selected  our  list  with  great  care.  The 
longer  patterns  are  specially  recommended.  They  are  so  light 
and  slender  that  they  handle  as  easily  as  scissors;  so  excellent 
in  quality  that  they  cut  as  well  as  heavy  shears.  The  pocket 
scissors  are  nickel  plated,  and  have  blunt,  round  points  so 
they  can  be  carried  in  the  vest  pocket  with  perfect  safety. 


20     cm  (  8  in.) 
25       "    (10  " 

30       "    (12   " 
37-5    "    ('5  " 


1-25 
1.60 


6ib.     10  cm  (4  in.)  scissor, 
10  cm,  best  made, 
10  cm,  folding,  in  case, 
2.40  12  cm,        "  " 

The .  folding    scissors    have    a  handsome   morocco   pocket   case  free 
with    each    pair.     6ia   are   japanned    handles.      Nickeled    handles    25 


$  .30 
.60 

•75 
1. 00 


117 


61p.    "Conductors'"   Punches.     For 

punching  papers  for  tying  or  to  make  them 
bind  nicely  in  some  of  the  various  binders. 
Special  punches  are  often  made,  i.  e.  an  initial 
of  a  person's  name,  and  used  to  indelibly  mark 
approval  or  check  bills  and  other  papers,  sometimes  as  a  safety 
device  on  checks,  etc.  For  these  and  other  uses  it  has  been  found  a 
convenient  desk  tool.  Our  regular  pattern  cuts  a  round  hole  of  4  mm. 
diameter.  Any  other  form  made  promptly  at  small  extra  cost,  accord- 
ing to  the  form  of  die. 

These  are  small  die  cutters,  not  the  ordinary  shoe  punch,  which  is 
worthless  for  cutting  paper.  They  are  the  only  form  sure  to  cut  cleanly 
and  easily.      Price,  $2.50  each. 

63a.  Brush  Erasers.  The  little  brush 
is  a  most  convenient  attachment  to  the  rubber 
eraser  for  cleaning  the  page  after  erasing.  The 
temptation  is  to  dust  off  the  particles  with  the 
fingers,  which,  when  moist,  may  soil  and  leave 
marks  not  so  easily  erased ;  this  is  an  exceedingly 
convenient  little  device.  The  rubber  is  of  the 
best  quality,  and  the  brush  strongly  inserted. 
Price,  25c.  each. 

63c.  Type  Writer  Eraser.  Of  circular 
form,  especially  designed  for  use  on  paper  while  in 
a  machine.  It  is  equally  good  for  erasing  pencil 
marks  or  smoothing  the  surface  of  paper  upon 
which  the  steel  eraser  has  been  used.  Price, 
5c.  each. 


ii8 


63e.  Steel  Eraser.  An  essential  tool  for  every  cataloger's 
desk.  Those  offered  by  the  L.  B.  are  of  the  highest  grade  steel. 
Made  in  2  forms  —  oval  and  with  knife  edge  for  use  as  paper  cutter,  all 
with  cocoa  handles.     Price,  6}ei,  oval,  40c. ;  6$e2,  knife  edge,  50c. 

(>4d.  L.  B.  Desk  Pads.  Protect  the  desk  from  ink  stains,  and 
serve  as  a  blotter  and  cushion  for  writing  upon.  Three  sheets  of  blot- 
ting held  by  four  russia  corners  and  heavy  tar  board  back.  An  essen- 
tial on  every  desk.  Made  in  3  sizes,  and  filled  with  the  best  "  Treasury  " 
blotting.      Price,  19  X  24  in.,  $1.00  ;   12  x  19  in.,  .75  ;  9^  x  12  in.,  .50. 

66s.  Sponge  Cup.  In  counting 
T>  money,  sealing,  and  stamping  postage 
on  letters,  or  as  pen  cleaner,  and  in 
many  other  ways,  this  is  a  needed  desk 
appliance.  Their  peculiar  form  protects 
from  evaporation.      Price,  40c.  each. 


Vertical  Sectioo. 

66a-b.   Perfect  Inkstand. 


Cut  glass,  steel,  and  pure  rubber 


Cut  of  66a.  Cut  of  66b. 

Description:  A  pouch  of  pure  soft  rubber  holds  the  ink,  an  ebony 
cut-glass  base  protecting  it  from  accident.  A  steel  saucer  is  connected 
■with  the  nickeled  thumb-screw  on  top,  which  compresses  the  fountain 
and  sends  up  exactly  the  amount  of  ink  wanted.  On  top  a  cube  of 
crystal  cut-glass  forms  the  dipping  cup  for  the  pen.  An  air-tight  rubber 
stopper  completes  this  "instrument  of  precision,"  as  it  is  justly  called. 

The  two  essentials  of  a  perfect  inkstand  are  a  pen  gage  dipping  cup 
and  adjustable  fountain.  Our  stands  have  both  essentials,  and  are 
made  on  scientific  principles.  We  offer  them  with  j:)rivilege  of  return 
if  not  satisfactory  in  every  respect,  after  a  month's  trial.  They  soon 
save  their  cost  by  preserving  both  quantity  and  quality  of  the  ink  and 
the  points  of  pens  from  any  possible  injury.  Piice  66a,  pressed  glass, 
$1.50  ;  66b,  cut  glass,  $2.00. 


119 


64.  Combination  Weight 
and  Paper  Clip.  A  handsome, 
highly  polished,  nickeled  paper 
weight,  which  is  also  an  admirable 
clip.  Papers  are  firmly  clamped 
between  the  base  and  the  adjustable 
weight,  which  is  held  in  place  by  a 
strong  spring  that  is  easily  moved 
with  one  hand,  as  shown  in  the  cut. 
It  works  equally  well  for  one  or  loo 
sheets  of  paper.  Handy,  orna- 
mental, durable,  and  always  in 
place.     Nickel  50c.     Japanned  25c. 

69e.    Ventilated  Eye  Shade.    The 

most  comfortable,  durable,  lightest,  cool- 
est, best.  A  row  of  holes  round  the  rim 
nearest  the  forehead  allows  a  circulation  of 
air  and  prev^ents  overheating  the  eyes.  A 
flexible  brass  spring  runs  round  the  outer  edge,  keeping  it  in  shape.  It 
can  be  easily  bent,  so  as  to  give  the  proper  hold  on  the  head,  or  it  can  be 
cliano-ed  at  anv  time  to  suit  the  wearer.  Price  15c.  each,  or  mailed, 
postpaid,  for  20c. 

69g.  Glass  Pen  Cleaner.  Simple,  quick, 
convenient.  No  machinery  to  get  out  of  order. 
Takes  little  room  on  the  desk.  Always  ready 
when  wanted.  Stiff  brushes  are  firmly  fastened 
inside  a  glass  cup,  which  is  protected  and  made 
stable  by  an  iron  base.  When  the  cup  is  filled 
^  with  water,  the  pen  can  be  thoroughly  cleaned  with 
a  single  motion  of  the  hand,  and  without  the  danger  of  injury  incurred 
by  use  of  rags,  chamois-skin,  shot,  etc.  No  one  who  has  tried  this 
patent  cleaner  will  again  use  the  old-fashioned  devices.  It  saves  its 
co.st,  in  lengthening  the  life  of  steel  pens,  which  corrode  rather  than 
wear  out.      Price  25c.  each. 

69p.  Perfect  Pencil  Sliarp- 
ener.  Saves  soiled  fingers,  and 
much  time  where  lead  pencils  are 
used  to  any  extent.  We  have  se- 
lected this  from  all  the  candidates 
or  favor  as  the  best.  Simple  in 
S construction  and  working,  and  costs 
nothing  to  maintain.      Price,  $1.00. 


Address  all  orders  to  Library  Bureau. 


I20 


73c-d.  Open  Deck  Daniier 
Uevolving'   Bookcase.     20   in. 

.■iquare,  42  and  54  in.  high.  Re- 
volves in  a  circle  28^  in.  in 
diameter. 

The  open  deck  gives  an  extra 
shelf  for  large  books,  atlases, 
music,  unbound  periodicals,  etc., 
thus  combining  bookcase  and 
book-rack. 

One  of  the  most  attractive  pat- 
terns made. 

PRICES 
73c.     2  sections  high    .         .         .     $14.00 
73<l.    3        "         "...        16.00 

Address    all    orders    to    Library 

Bureau. 


73a-l}.    Banner  Revolv- 
ing'    Bookcase.        i6}4     in. 

square,  33  in.  high,  holds  32 
thick.  Royal  8°  volumes,  size 
of  American  Cyclopaedia,  be- 
sides several  larger  volumes 
on  top. 

PRICES 

73a.  2  sections,  23  ''i-  higlii  ^^  in  cut, 
68  in.  of  shelving,  weiglit,  packed, 
50  lbs $9.00 

73b.  3  sections,  43  in.  high,  112 
in.  of  shelving,  weight,  packed, 
65  lbs 11.00 


121 


73^2.  Daiuier  Revolv- 
ing' Bookcase.  Same  capac- 
ity and  space  occupied  as  73e-g, 
but  ornamented  by  a  rope 
moulding  at  the  top,  and  has 
an  adjustable  book  rest  on  top. 
This  rest  is  held  at  any  angle 
by  a  self-acting  ratchet,  and 
furnishes  an  admirable  holder 
for  the  dictionary,  atlas,  or  other 
reference  books.  This  is  one 
of  the  handsomest  cases  in  the 
list.  Made  in  antique  oak, 
natural  cherry,  imitation  ma- 
hogany, and    walnut. 

PRICES 
73g2.     2  sections  high       .     $14.00 
73g3.    3        "  "        .       IG.OO 

With  brass  rods   in    place    of   vertical 
wood  strips,  these  are  ^i.oo  additional. 


73e-g.     Chanipion  Danner 
Revolving-    Bookcase.     No 

cases,  except  the  731  and  73J,  have 
had  so  large  a  sale.  Revolves  in  a 
smaller  circle  ;  fits  into  corners  and 
spaces  that  cannot  accommodate 
the  larger  ;  while  slight  changes  in 
construction  make  a  lower  price 
possible.  Each  section  has  i  meter 
(40  in.)  of  shelving.  Case  is  20  in. 
square,  or  same  diameter  as  Open 
Deck.  Walnut,  oak  or  cherry  at 
same  price. 

PRICES 


73e.     2  sections  high 
73f.     3 
732-.    4 


$12.00 
14.00 
16.00 


.^issiui^UMIIiliillUiliiiiiiillilUUliU*" 


T    ^  '^ 


73c-3.  Open  Deck  Daiiner  Kevolviiig-  Bookcase.  More 
elaborate  finish  than  73c,  but  same  form  and  size.  A  very  handsome 
case  ;  has  rope  moulding  at  the  top  and  base,  and  carved  corners.  The 
finest  finish  and  most  elaborate  pattern  made. 


PRICE 

TSc-S.     2  sections,  and  buok-shelf 


$18.00 


731i-k.     Standard   Banner    Revolving    Bookcases.     The 

most  widely  used  pattern,  costing  less  in  proportion  to  capacity  than 
any  other  case.  24  in.  square  ;  each  section  has  56  in.  of  shelving. 
The  bottom  section  is  12,  the  others  10  in.  high.  Made  in  antique 
oak,  natural  cherry,  and  walnut. 


123 


73h.     2  sections  high,   112  inches  shelving     .         8l(».00 
73i,      -,  «  "       168         "  '■'  •  18.00 

*,o-i        .  w  '<      224.        "  "  •  '^0.00 

i;'3]^,  <<  <<      280        "  "  •  ^^-yy^ 

73k6.*  This  is  an  extra  large  case,  of  the  same  general  style  as  the 
Standard.  It  has  5  tiers  or  sections  ;  is  30  in.  square,  and  5  ft.  9  ni. 
hio-h  ;  the  shelves  are  8>^  in.  wide,  and  21  in.  long.  The  lower  section 
is  I''  in  high;  all  sections  above,  io>^  in.  high,  the  whole  case  gives 
35  ft.  of  shelving.  Made  in  antique  oaK,  imitation  mahogany^  a^nd 
walnut.     Price  •         •         •         •         •         •         '         '         «>--<• 


124 

Sargent  Rotary  Bookcases.  The  claim  for  these  is  that  the 
rotary  movement  being  obtained  at  the  bottom  of  the  case,  there  is  no 
upright  to  warp  and  throw  out  of  plumb,  and  thus  revolve  unevenly. 
The  cut  shows  the  ball-bearing  turn-table 
which  carries  the  weight,  these  balls  being 
connected  by  rotary  axles.  These  cases 
are  very  finely  finished,  made  of  carefully 
selected  stock,  and  avoid  the  somewhat 
ungraceful  feet  of  the  Banner,  the. rotary 
table  being  a  finished  piece  of  work  not 
incongruous  with   the  case.      Special  cat- 


alog on  application.     Cases  are  finished  in  antique  oak,  walnut  and  bircj-i, 


finished  in  imitation  of  mahogany, 


73s3.    Rotary  Bookcase. 

Has  four  shelves,  17^  in.  long,  giv- 
ing 5  feet  8  in.  of  shelving.  These 
are  the  depth  and  hight  to  accommo- 
date books  of  the  size  of  the  "Ency- 
clopedia Britannica."  Absolutely 
no  waste  of  space. 

Size,  17 J^  in.  square;  hight,  31  in.; 
shelves  for  two  tiers  of  books  on 
each  side;  size  of  shelves,  17  in. 
long  by  8^  in.  deep;  hight  of  sec- 
tions :  lower,  11^  in.;  upper,  11  in. 
PRICE 

73s2.     Rotary  Bookcase     .         .     $10.00 

With  adjustable  shelf, described 

on  following  page    .         .         .         13.50 


12 


73s3.  Kotary  Book- 
case.  Same  as  73s?,  except 
one  section  taller.  Hight  of 
case,  43  in.  ;  total  shelving 
space,  8  ft.  6  in  This  is  the 
most  satisfactory  low-priced  pat- 
tern. 

PRICE 
73s3.     Rotary   Bookcase         $12.50 
With  adjustable  shelt  16.0(1 


Adjustable  Shelf  Attachment.  May  be  applied  to  all  77s 
cases.  The  shelf  is  adjustable  to  any  angle,  and  forms  a  reading 
easel,  writing  desk,  or  level  extension  of  the  bookcase  top.  It  is 
so  arranged  as  not  to  interfere  with  the  removal  of  the  books  from 
the  shelves.  This  shelf  is  furnished  for  any  case  at  an  additional 
cost  of  $3.50. 


126 


73s6.  Rotary  Bookcase.  Size,  22  x  22  in. ;  hight,  54  in. ;  8 
shelves,  21^  ^7/i  i''^-  ;  8  side  shelves,  6}^  in.  Ion;;-  ;  bight  of  sections: 
lower,  11^,  second,  10^,  third,  105^,  fourth,  10  in. 

Price,  ...,«..,,»         832.00 

With  adjustable  shelf,        ,..,,,.  35.50 


127 

73s9.  Rotary  Bookcase.  Constructed  to  accommodate  the  six 
volumes  of  the  *' Century  Dictionary  " — one  on  each  of  the  shelves 
between  the  panels  on  the  sides.  All  the  other  shelves  are  adjustable. 
Very  handsome  in  design  and  finish. 


Size,  24x24  in.  ;  hight,  53  in.  ;  hight  from  lower  shelf  to  under  side 
of  top,  43  in. ;  length  of  shelves,  20>^  in.  ;  depth,  9  in.  ;  width  of 
"Century  Dictionary"  shelves,  S/i  ii^-  ;  hight,  13^  in. 

73s9.     Rotary  Bookcase, '        $3().00 

With  adjustable  shelf, 


33.50 


128 


75.  Jj.  B.  Reading  tables.  These  are  all  special  Library  Bu- 
reau designs  and  manufacture  ;  we  offer  them  as  the  best,  strongest, 
handsomest,  and  most  satisfactory  for  reading-rooms  and  libraries. 
Every  detail  of  construction  has  been  carefully  studied  to  obtain  the 
best  results  at  a  minimum  cost.  The  material  is  of  the  best  quality, 
and  the  workmanship  and  finish  of  the  highest  grade.  While  we  have 
every  facility  for  making  any  special  design  or  variuticm,  we  strongly 
recommend  these  styles  as  best  adapted  to  all  requirements.  They  are 
stocked  in  antique  oak,  beautifully  finished,  and  arc  an  ornament  to  any 
room.  They  seat  four  persons  easily,  and  can  accommodate  six  if  re- 
quired. They  are  strongly  constructed,  and  very  durable.  We  do  not 
advise  larger  tables  than  those  shown  in  the  illustrations.  Tables  with 
slides  on  either  side,  which  when  pulled  out  double  the  available  space, 
are  made  to  order,  not  stocked.  Many  libraries  are  now  using  a  round 
table  as  shown  in  illustration.  This  is  a  new  design,  measuring  4  ft. 
in  diameter  ;  it  has  been  widely  adopted. 

It  is  better  to  have  several  small  tables  in  a  library  or  reading-room 
than  one  or  two  large  ones  ;  available  space  can  be  utilized  to  greater 
advantage,  and  the  convenience  of  readers  is  increased,  as  few  students 
care  to  have  their  work  inspected  by  tlie  curious,  or  their  attention 
distracted  by  the  close  proximity  of  others. 

The  Library  Bureau  makes  a  specialty  of  liliputian  tables  and  chairs 
required  for  the  use  of  children  in  libraries  and  reading-rooms. 

Special  terms  on  large  orders. 


7/>h.     L.  B.  Reading  table.       Antique  oak. 
31)2  inches  high. 


Size,  4  ft.  diameter, 
Price,  $25.00 


129 


loj.     Tj.  B.  Readinj:^  table.     Antique  oak.      Size,  3x5  f t.  ; 

3i>4  inches  high.  Price,  $30.00 


751.    L.  B.  IleadiiijJ:  tabic.      Antique  oak.      Size,  3  ^  5  ft.  ; 

3i>^  inches  high.  Price,  S20.00 


i.^o 


75ii.     Tj.  B.  Reading  table.     Antique  oak.     Size,    3x5  ft.  ; 

3i>4  inches  high.  Price,  $15.00 


7.5r.    Ij.  B.  Reading'  table.     Antique  oak. 
3i>-  inches  high. 


Size,   3x5  ft.  ; 

Price,  $30.00 


131 


TGa,  Tj.  B.  IJbrary,  or  study  flat-top  desk.  This  desk  was 
specially  designed  for  literary  workers.  It  is  made  entirely  of  wood, 
of  tlie  very  best  material,  workmanship,  and  finish.  There  is  no  cloth 
top  to  get  soiled  by  ink  and  other  stains,  or  by  the  accumulation  of 
dust.  The  flat  surface  is  smoothly  polished,  and  the  edges  are  bevelled 
so  that  it  can  always  and  easily  be  kept  clean.  Every  detail  and  all 
requirements  have  been  carefully  studied,  and  the  result  is  the  most 
useful  library  desk  made.  Its  chief  features  are  the  interior  adjustable 
partitions  which  serve  to  make  compartments  and  divisions  running 
either  way  of  the  nine  drawers,  and  the  reversible  slides,  which  when 
pulled  out,  double  the  surface  of  the  table-top,  without  taking  up 
floor  space.  These  slides,  when  taken  out  and  reversed,  can  be  used 
for  rough  work  requiring  the  use  of  pins  or  paste,  without  injuring  the 
desk  in  any  way.  The  two  upper  drawers  on  either  side  have  adjustable 
partitions  fitting  the  L.  B.  33  size  cards,  or  postal  cards.  These  drawers 
can  also  be  fitted,  if  required,  with  blocks  and  rods  to  hold  cards  in 
two  rows  the  full  length  of  the  drawers.  The  top  drawers  can  be  re- 
moved when  in  use  and  laid  on  the  table-top,  so  that  the  cards  in  all 
four  drawers  are  equally  available.  A  Yale  lock  is  fitted  to  the  centre 
drawer  which,  when  shut  and  locked,  secures  all  the  drawers.  Size  of 
table,  4  ft.  6  in.  x  2  ft.  6  in.  ;  30)^  in.  high.  In  oak,  polished  wood 
top.     Any  other  wood  to  order.  Price,  J>32.50 


132 


76b.     L.  B.  Library  or  study  flat-top  desk.     Five  drawers. 
Similar  to  76a  in  arrangement.     Size,  4  ft.  x  2  ft.  6  in.  ;  30^  in.  high. 

Price,  $*^7.00 


76e.    li.  B.  Library  or  study  flat-top  desk.      Antique  oak- 
Size,  3  ft.  X  5  ft. ;  30}4  in.  high.  Price,  $45.00 


133 


'JTc.     L.  B.  AVintlsor  arm  oliair, 


Oak  and  imitation  mahogany. 
Price,  SG.ob 


134 

77.  Library,  study,  and  reading-room  chairs.  The  styles 
shown  in  the  following  illustrations  have  been  carefully  selected  from 
a  great  variety  of  patterns  and  designs  in  order  to  meet  the  require- 
ments of  all  libraries  and  reading-rooms  most  completely.  They  com- 
bine elegance  of  form  with  strength  and  durability,  and  are  in  every 
detail  as  perfect  as  good  workmanship  and  reasonable  price  will  permit. 

Personal  comfort  when  seated  at  a  desk  or  table  depends  to  a  great 
degree  on  the  chair.  The  best  chairs  for  desks  or  tables  have  low 
braces  instead  of  arms,  this  construction  allowing  the  chair  to  be 
brought  closer  to  the  desk  or  table,  and  enabling  it  to  be  pushed  under 
when  not  occupied.  Swivel  chairs  are,  by  revolving,  adjustable  to  any 
desired  hight ;  the  twisting  motion  in  drawing  up  to,  or  leaving  the  desk, 
is  transferred  from  the  feet  and  floor  to  the  pivot  screw,  and  thus  both 
floor  and  covering  are  preserved,  and  the  durability  of  the  chair  is 
increased. 

Spring  chairs  rock  on  heavy  springs,  enabling  the  occupant  to  adjust 
the  slope  of  the  back,  and  to  gratify  the  common  inclination  to  tilt  back 
or  rock.  These  chairs  are  furnished  with  patent  double  casters  with- 
out extra  charge. 

In  public  reading-rooms  chairs  with  four  legs,  like  a  dining-room 
chair,  are  generally  used,  chiefly  because  they  are  less  expensive  than 
those  with  swivel  and  spring. 

Special  lilliputian  chairs  are  supplied  for  children's  reading  rooms. 

L.  B.  Windsor  arm  chair.  This  design  possesses  all  the  re- 
quirements of  a  strong,  comfortable,  and  handsome  chair  at  a  reason- 
able price.  It  is  made  with  saddle-seat,  rounded  and  slightly  sloping 
back.  Being  made  of  solid  wood  throughout,  and  thoroughly  well 
built,  it  will  be  found  one  of  the  most  durable  chairs  that  can  be 
obtained.  Made  in  oak  and  imitation  mahogany.  Special  terms  will 
be   made  on  large  orders.      (See  illustrations.) 

Bent  wood  chairs.  For  all  purposes  the  following  light,  strong, 
and  handsome  chairs  are  in  great  favor,  perhaps  nowhere  more  than 
in  reading-rooms  and  libraries.  So  light,  a  child  handles  them  easily  ; 
so  strong,  they  are  never  broken.  They  are  almost  noiseless  ;  with  the 
patent  L.  B.  rubber  tips  inserted,  absolutely  so, — a  very  important 
consideration.  Handsome  and  durable,  these  match  any  forms  readily, 
and  have  been  adopted  by  a  large  number  of  prominent  libraries.  We 
strongly  recommend  them  for  reading-rooms.  Oak,  and  imitation 
mahogany.  (See  illustrations.)  Special  terms  will  be  made  on  large 
orders. 


135. 


'71'dl.     L.  B.  Victoria  chair.     Easy  to  get   in  and   out  of  at  a 

table  ;  oak  and  imitation  mahogany    .     .      Price,  JJfG.oO 
ITd'i,      Ditto,  without  swivel  or  spring Price,     4.50 


77g3 


77g4 


77^3.     Swivel  and  spring:  desk  chair 
'77s'4.     Swivel  large  seat  arm  chair    . 


S5.00 
G.OO 


137 


Same  as  yjgi  and  77g2,  except  the  back,  which  is  open. 


PRICES 


7 7 it.     No  arms 


*    4  1^. 


Arms  and  larire  seats 


'^.50 


Discount  on  dozen  lots. 


138 

78n.     Ne^vspaper  rack.     A    new   device    for   holding   files   of 
current    newspapers   in   the  most  compact  way,  yet  having  each  paper 

partially    exposed     to     view 
for   identification. 

The  problem  of  filing 
papers  in  the  least  space, 
consistent  with  ease  of  se- 
lecting the  one  wanted  with- 
out handling  the  others, 
has  never  till  now  been 
satisfactorily  solved.  Our 
new   rack    is   the  solution. 

It  is  a  frame  of  oak, 
handsomely  finished,  with 
slanting  sides  fitted  with  spe- 
cially designed  solid  bronze 
hooks  sufficient  for  twenty 
files.  The  hooks  are  ar- 
ranged one  above  another 
so  the  file  sticks  resting  on 
them  leave  about  six  inches 
of  each  paper  visible,  except 
the  lowest  ones,  which  are  wholly  exposed.  Made  to  order  in 
walnut,    cherry    or    mahogany. 


Regular    sizes    28    and    34    inches.       Other    sizes    made    to    order. 


Price  ....... 

^Val^ut  and  cherry,  additional 

In  mahogany,  additional 

Oak,  cheaper  finish  electroplate  hooks 


$1500 

2.00 

3.00 

12.00 


139 


78i).  Periodical  rack.  For  holding  current  magazines.  It  is 
made  of  oak,  with  slanting  sides,  so  as  to  form  a  series  of  pockets  like 
a  ticket  case,  in  which  the  magazines  rest  one  row  above  another.  Its 
advantages  are  obvious.  It  takes  one  third  the  floor  space  of  tables. 
It  costs  less.  The  magazines  cannot  be  knocked  off  by  careless  hand- 
ling. Each  one  is  sufficiently  exposed  to  enable  the  reader  to  find  the 
one  wanted  without  touching  others.  As  desirable  for  hotels  and 
news-rooms  as  for  libraries.  These  can  be  made  to  order  in  walnut, 
cherry,  or  mahogany,  or  in  two-sided  form. 


Price  ..... 

Walnut  and  cherry,  additional 
In  mahogany,  additional 


$18.00 
2  00 
4.00 


140 


781*.  Periodical  Rack.  For  holding  current  magazines  and 
periodicals  in  the  upper  part,  and  arranged  with  trays  for  storage  pur- 
poses in  the  lower  part. 

Six  numbers  of  'ordinary  thickness  can  be  filed  in  each  tray.  The 
most  complete,  attractive,  and  practical  periodical  rack  ever  designed  for 
the  average  library. 

Price  in  quarter  sawed  white  oak,  $105.00. 


141 


% 

© 

-If^ 

Hh^^ 

4-) 

• 

^^ 

^Hk 

. 

^^ 

iM 

^^^1 

^^^ 

r" 

■^^ 

m 

m 

h 

1 

c 

^ 

UJ 

Q 

■ 

f 

•""■ 

m 

HI 

■ 

V) 

•« 

■ 

■ 

■ 

CJ 

^^ 

■ 

r- 

^ 

■ 

_c 

pH 

4-' 

1 

V) 

■  U 

c 

t 

o 
E 

CA? 

o 

4—* 

cr. 

£ 

o 

K* 

o 

, . 

o 

r- 

O 

4-^ 

o 

<j 

-J 

u 

rt 

tc 

<U 

tt 

c 

'J 

'y 

o 

rt 

4-J 

^ 

o 

u: 

' 

O 

o 
c 

J—* 

c 

J3 

""O 

c/3 

•» 

r— 

> 

_c 

^) 

o 

rt 

^ 

'u 

o 

c 

o 

t/1 

^ 

'c 

_c 

rt 

3 

o 

be 

^ 

o 

o 
to 

S 

■ 

a; 

c 

.^ 

c 

o 

4-J 

o 

»— ' 

.S 

Q 

5t 

c 

'^ 

"c 

rt" 

^* 

^; 

4-* 

j-t 

1) 

V 

o 

i^ 

w: 

XI 

rt 

C 

^" 

o 

CJ 

o 

CI. 

c; 

-^- 

4-1 

en 

^ 

r^— 

4-) 

4-' 

r-* 

^^ 

r" 

o 

4-> 

•  ^-» 

c 

4-^ 

c 

'i 

i^-* 

r^ 

4-» 

< 

fl. 

o 

• 

r* 

c 
o 

O 

bb 

• 

U 

^ 

'^ 

kI 

v; 

4— > 

5 

rt 

^ 

r; 

o 

r- 

C 

X 

v: 

<3J 

c/: 

i> 

5 

tc 

o 

CJ 

4-> 

Oh 

3 

rt 
o 

< 

142 


79b.  Coiiibinecl  Steps  and  Chair.  This  indispensable  piece 
of  furniture  is  more  practical  than  any  steps  previously  offered. 
The  steps  are  better  arranged,  and  the  chair  is  comfortable.  They 
occupy  little  space,  are  strong,  and  can  be  easily  moved.  The  cuts 
illustrate  the  advantages  better  than  any  description.  A  trial  order 
will  be  still  more  convincing. 

Price  in  oak,  $4.00. 


143 


Art  Book  Case.  This  case  is  made  of  the  best  quartered  sawed 
white  oak,  finished  all  around,  and  can  be  fitted  with  roller  curtain  front 
if  desired.  The  shelves  are  fitted  with  extension  duplex  slides,  which 
reduce  friction  and  permit  the  full  use  of  the  shelf  without  danger  of 
dropping  it.  The  tops  of  the  shelves  are  covered  with  billiard  cloth, 
which  saves  the  binding,  as  the  shelf  is  withdrawn  instead  of  the  book  ; 
wear  and  tear  is  reduced  to  a  mininuuu. 

Prices  will  be  furnished  on  aj^plication. 


144 


DICTIONARY   HOLDERS 

These  ingenious  devices  have  been  before  the  public  only  a  few 
years,  but  are  found  to  answer  so  universal  a  want  that  they  arc  now 
considered  an  indispensable  accompaniment  to  a  dictionary.  A  dic- 
tionaiy  without  a  holder  is  a  hidden  treasure.  The  dictionary,  to  be 
of  service,  must  be  used  ;  to  be  used  it  must  be  at  hand  when  wanted, 
and  to  be  at  hand  when  wanted  it  must  be  in  a  holder  ready  for 
reference.  Children  and  grown  people  use  a  dictionary  if  it  is  in  a 
holder,  when  they  would  not  go  to  a  bookcase  for  it.  The  holder  is 
worth  its  cost  for  the  preservation  it  affords.  The  great  and  costly 
book  does  not  get  racked,  soiled,  spoiled,  or  used  as  a  footstool.  Open 
it,  and  it  remains  open  ;  close  it,  and  it  remains  closed.  If  at  your  side 
when  reading,  the  task  of  looking  up  new  words  is  not  deferred  and 
then  forgotten,  but  done  instantly  and  easily.  A  thousand  dictionaries 
in  out-of-the-way  places  do  not  instruct,  while  a  single  dictionary  mounted 
in  a  holder  might  serve  thousands.  In  fact,  the  holder  is  the  great 
helper  of  the  great  lexicons,  and  in  making  — 
these  stores  of  learning  available  is  second  \ 
in  importance  only  to  the  lexicons  them- 
selves. 

86c.  Century  dictionary  stand. 
A  handsome  stand  of  polished  oak,  made 
with  7  shelves,  one  for  each  volume  of 
the  Century  Dictionary.  Each  shelf  is 
fitted  with  5  patent  brass  rollers,  on  which 
the  book  rests.  These  allow  the  heavy 
volumes  to  be  removed  without  wear  to 
leather  or  cloth  binding.  The  stand  is 
made  with  sloping  top  on  which  to  rest 
the  volume  during  consultation. 

Price  in  oak,  $15.()0. 

Other  woods  to  order. 


H5 


S(;(i3. 

With  Side  Shelf. 
Price,  $6.50. 


86€l3. 

Dictionary  Holder,  with  Casters. 
Price,  $5.00. 


146 


86d5. 

With   Central    Revolvin; 
Price,  56.75. 


Shelf. 


8(kllO.  With  self-adjusting 
movement.  By  opening  at  any 
point  the  heavier  side  of  the 
book,  by  its  own  weight,  adjusts 
itself  to  a  lower  plane  than  the 
lighter,  and  the  pages  alwa}s  lie 
perfectly  flat. 

Japanned $5.00 

Gold  bronze  finish       .      .      .        500 
Nickel-plated  throughout   .        8.00 


H7 


86d  11.  Harvard  dictioiiary-lioUler.  Made  of  malleable 
iron.  The  legs  are  steel,  having  a  new  and  simple  construction  for 
putting  together.  The  part  holding  the  volume  is  made  of  polished 
oak,  ensuring  its  perfect  protection. 

Complete,   with  revolving    shelf,  bronze  finish,    and  nickel 

trimmings . $3.00 

Ditto,  antique  copper  finish      .     .     ,     = 5.00 


148 


86e.     Atlas    Stand. 

Made  for  holding  an  atlas 
or  large  folios  when  open, 
at  any  desired  angle,  and 
when  closed,  protects  from 
injury  and  keeps  the  book 
in  good  form. 

Oak,  walnut,  or  cherry. 
Price,  $7.00. 


86e3.  Reading 
Stand.  A  combination 
of  the  Chair  Reading 
Rest  and  revolving  side 
shelf  upon  the  tripod  of  an 
86di  Dictionary  Holder. 
It  gives  adjustable  hight 
and  angle,  and  on  casters 
it  can  be  slid  about  the 
room,  alongside  the  chair 
or  lounge,  allowing  a 
greater  variety  of  posi- 
tions to  the  user  than  is 
^  possible  with  the  chair 
rest.  Walnut,  oak,  or 
cherry.     Price,  $7.00. 


149 


86f.     Perfection    Book    Rest. 

Adjustable  to  any  incline.  From  the 
top  of  the  rod,  fastened  to  the  chair 
arm,  extends  a  jointed  lever  by  means 
of  which  the  position  of  the  book  can 
be  arranged  to  suit  the  convenience  of 
the  reader. 

The  top  can  be  used  as  a  writing  desk, 
and  a  drawer  holds  writing  materials. 


PRICES 

86fl. 

Plain    oak,    walnut 

or  cherry,  . 

$3.50 

86f3. 

Billiard  cloth  top. 

4.00 

86f3. 

Plain  black  walnut 

with  drawer, 

4.50 

86f4. 

Billiard    cloth    top 

with  drawer, 

5.00 

8611.  Perfection  Table 
Rest.  Adjustable  to  any  an- 
gle, and  revolves  at  a  touch. 
The  base  alone  is  a  valuable 
supplement  to  86f.  Furnished 
in  oak,  walnut,  or  cherry. 

PRICE 
80h.     Peifection  Ta])le  Rest, 

Complete,      .       .       .  $i».()() 
Base  only .  7o 


I50 


"^ 


'm 


S(>k.     Ann  Rest.     In  writing  on  the  bottom 

lines  oi  the  Accession  Book  or  any  account  book 
tlie  writer  is  compelled  to  have  some  supj^ort  for 
the  arm,  or  the  haiulwritini;"  becomes  cramped  and 
not  uniform  with  the  rest  of  the  pag'e.  The  L.  B. 
Arm  Rest  overcomes  this  difficulty,  and  gives 
greater  ease  in  writing. 
Made,  in   oak,  handsomely  finished.      Price,  75c. 


861.  L..B.  Ledger 
Rest.  For  holding 
on  the  desk,  at  any 
angle,  large  books  of 
record  or  reference, 
like  the  heavy  library 
accession  book.  An 
improvement  on  the 
form  heretofore  used 
in  banks  and  offices.  When  not  in  use  it  shuts  flat,  and  can  be  stored 
between  the  books. 

We  make  for  "cap"  books  a  small  size,  40x44  cm  (16  x  18  in.); 
for  "medium"  and  "demy"  books,  44  x  60  cm  (18  x  24  in.) ;  and  one 
for  large  bank  and  insurance  books,  50  x  75  cm  (20  x  30  in.).  Oak, 
walnut,  and  cherry  in  stock,  and  other  woods  made  to  order.  The 
Rest  saves  the  books  as  well  as  the  writer,  and  is  indispensable  when 
once  used.  Our  L.  B.  is  at  once  handiest,  folds  more  compactly, 
is  handsomest,  and  for  quality,  the  cheapest. 


PRICES 
8611.  40x44  cm.  (i6x  iS  in.) 
861 -i.  44x60  "  (1 8x24  in.) 
8613.       50V75    "     (20x30  in.) 


S3. 00 
3.50 
4.00 


INDEX. 


Reference  is  made  liotli  to  catalog  nunilicr  and  page. 


Catalog  No.  Page 

A-Z    guides     24f4,   5  39 

Abridged    decimal    classification 12a  7 

Abridged  Library  school  rules    ijai  10 

Accession  books 

description     3 1  a,  b  79,  80 

prices    31a,  31b  81,82 

Accession    rules,    Library    school    13a  9 

stamp       26i  69 

Acme    pockets    39c i  66 

Adhesive    cloth     39b  93 

paper       39a  93 

Adjustable  book   cover    36a-c  91 

chair  rest    86f  149 

shelf  attachment  for  rotary  bookcases    73s  125 

Aids  for  libraries 

A   L  A  subject  headings 13I  10 

Card  catalog  rules    13a,  e  g-i  i 

Cutter   author  tables    13b,   c  10 

Decimal  and  expansive  classifications 12,    12a,  b  7,  8 

Library   periodicals    iSa-c  11-13 

ALA  book  size  rule   29S2  tj 

ALA  Standard  accession  book 

description      3131-4  79,  80 

prices      3iai-4  81 

subject    headings    13I  10 

Alphabetic    order   table,    Cutter-Sanborn    13c  10 

Angle   blocks,   description    38 

Arm    chairs     -j-/  133-136 

Arm     rest 86k  1 50 

Arrangement   card    33ni5  87 

Art   book   case    25  143 

Athenaeum    newspaper    file    46ni  103 

Atlas  stand   86e  148 

Atwater  newspaper  file    46n8  104 

Author    tables.    Cutter,    Cutter-Sanborn    13b,    c  10 

Automatic  numbering  stamps    26i  69 

Bank    pins     58c  115 

Bases  for  outfits  22W  52-56 

rotary    for   22dg,    12.    15    22W  52 

Bent    wood    chairs     77  136,  7 

Best  books  card    33ni6  88 

Bibliography    card    33iiH  87 

Binders 

Common    sense    42a  95,  96 

Emerson 41  94 

Library    scrap . 44i  96 

Shelf   list    331. 3  83,  84 

Spring    back     46a  102 


152 

Catalog  No.  Page 

Binding  l)Ook    3  ix  85 

sheet    35y  90 

slip      3SX  90 

Biography    card     33^3  87 

Biography    cross    reference    cards 33in  •  87 

Blanks,  clay  and  serial    31''  84 

Blocks,   description    38 

Blocks  or  pads,  paper    53   1.   n.   p  1 1 1 

Blotting   pads    for   desks    64d  1 1 8 

Book    braces    28  a-e  72-75 

card  and  pocket  charging  systems    62-66 

covers    36a,    b  9 1 

dummies    28d  75 

number  stamp    26J  70 

pockets    39c,  1-6  66 

repair    material     39^,  b  93 

rest      86f  149 

size    card 29SI  TJ 

size  rule   2932  77 

Book  supports 

description     28a-e  72 

Buffalo      28e  75 

Crocker     28c  74 

New  LB 28b  77, 

Old  L  B    28a  7Z 

Book  trays     2ie  35 

trucks    2ia,    b  34>  35 

Bookcases 

Revolving     73a-k  120-123 

Rotary     73S2-Q  124-127 

Standard     Danner     73h-k  122-123 

Borrower's    card    34^1,    34a4  64,  65 

card  pocket    39C4  60 

register   book    3iv,    1,2  85 

register   card     58 

street  and   house   register   card    59 

Boxes 

C    C   pamphlet    45o  101 

Clacher    pampldet     4Sa  100 

L  B   file    48a-p  108-110 

Scrap       97 

Boxwood  ALA  size  rule   2952  77-8 1 

Braces    for    books    28a-e  72-75 

Bracket  step  and  handle    29a  76 

Brass   letters   and   numbers    38a  93 

Breed's  portfolio   scrap   book    44t>  98 

Bristol   guides    24fi-i2  38,  39 

Browne  charging  system.     Plan   i 59-  60 

Brush  erasers    63a  117 

Buffalo  book  brace 28e  75 

Cabinets,    card    tray    22d2-96  4"-56 

Call   slips    34b  63 

Call  slip   trays    2sa.   25b  1-6  64 

Card   catalog,   description    36 

outfits,   description    46-5 1 

fittings     38-40 

Card  Catalog  outfits 

Bases     22w.    22W3  52-56 

Large   tray    cases              ZT,    size    cards 22d  12-96  49-5 1 

Small    tray    cases                      "          "       22d2-9  47-48 

Small  trays                                   "          "        22  C2. 4.  6.  7.  46 

33  size  card  box.  outfit 48p  1 10 

Card  Catalog  rules 

Library   school       13a  0 

Library    school    simplified    I3ai  to 

Linderfelt.     Eclectic    i3e  1 1 


^53 

Catalog  No  Page 

Cards 

Description    33.    3431.4  41-45.  60-65 

Borrower's  card 3431,  3434  65.  62. 

Borrower's    register    card     58 

Borrower's  street  and  house  register  card 59 

Catalog    33m  1-7  87,  88 

Cliarging    34a,   3432,   3 

Colored 33I.   r.   x.   34a  44.  64 

Cotton    cards.  .    331c.    re.    xc  44 

Linen   cards     33I.    r.    x  43,  44 

Plain  cards 32,33  45 

Paper  slips    t,2.  33d.   h  86 

Shelf   list   cards    32I                   '  84 

Tab  cards     33  58 

32,  23  catalog  cards  and  slips 32,  33  86 

Unruled    cards    32,    33  45 

Case   for  art  books    143 

Cases    for   books    73a-k,    7352-9  120-127 

for   cards    22c.   d96   48P  46-51.  no 

Cases  for  pamphlets 

C   C    45 Jii-o  I  o  I 

Clacher       45a  100 

L.   B 48a-p  108-110 

\'ertical  file    48  112-113 

Cases   for  slips    25a.   2sb.    1-6     '  63,  64 

Cases,    pigeon    hole 48a-f  106,  107 

Catalog  cards 

Arrangement      331115  87 

Best    books     33ni6  88 

Bibliography       331114  87 

Biography       33m3  87 

Biography   cross   reference    331111.  87 

Colored    33I,    r.    x.  43,  44.  64 

Cotton  Card    33IC  re.  xc.  44 

Criticism      33ni2  87 

Linen    33I,   r,  x.  43,  44 

Plain  cards    32,  33  45 

Removal      '33m7  88 

2,2,  33  catalog  cards  and  slips 32.  33  86 

Catalog     department      5 

Catalog  rules 

Library    school      13a  9 

Simplified    1331  10 

Linderfelt.      Eclectic    136  11 

C  C  pamphlet  cases  and  pockets    45m-o  loi 

Century    dictionary    stand       86c  144 

Chair    reading    rest     86f  149 

tips,    rubber       29c  76 

Chairs 

Arm    chairs     y-  133-137 

Bent  wood   chairs 77g   3.   4.   yy'\    i,   2  136.  137 

Victoria        77d2  135 

Victoria     swivel     77A1  135 

Windsor   arm    77c  133 

Champion    Danner  revolving  bookcase    73e-g  121 

Charging   cards 34a-2.    3  64.  65 

cases    25a.   25b,   25c,   25C1.  2  65 

Charging  systems 

description       58-63 

Plan    I     Browne     59, 60 

Plan    2     61,62 

Plan  3  Book,  card  and  pocket    system  • 62,  63 

Plan  4  Slip  system    63 

Checking    p3per     ,  . '. 53  1 1 1 


154 

Catalog  No.  Page 

Children's  reading  room  furniture 

Chairs       TJ  134 

Pratt   Institute    .  .    20 

Tables      75  128 

Circular     table     7Sh  128, 

Clacher  patent  pamphlet  box    45a  100 

Clasps,    spring     58  115 

Classifications 

Cutter.      Expansive     12b  8 

Dewey.       Deeimal     12,    12a  7 

Clinch   paper  clips    58i  1 1 6 

Clips  for  papers 

Clinch      SSi  116 

Clip    and   paper    weight    64  119 

Steel    ledger    81 

Spring  clasp    58  115 

Utility     58U  116 

Cole  size  cards   29SI  Tj.  81 

Colored   cards    33,    34a   2-4  44.  64 

Combination  paper  weight    and    clip     64  119 

Common   sense  binder    42a  95,  96 

newspaper    tile    holder    46n6  103 

Condensed  accession    book     31b   1-4  81,  82 

Conductor's    punches       6ip  117 

Consultation    department     5 

Cotton    cards      33lc,  re,   xc  44 

Covers   for  accession   books    81 

Ijooks     36a,    b  91 

Criticism    cards     33m2  87 

Crocker  book  braces    28c  74 

Cutter,  C.  A.  Decimal  author  table     13b  10 

Expansive    classification 12b  8 

Cutter-Sanborn.     Alphabetic  order  table    13c  10 

D  and  H  paper  catalog  slips    32,  33  86 

Danner   revolving   bookcases     73a-k  120-123 

Date  holders    26g,   h  69 

pad     26n2  70 

stamps    26a-f  67,  68 

Dates,    L.    B 26a  67 

Day  and  serial   blanks    3ir  84 

Day  guides.      1-3 1    24f  10  39 

Decimal    author    table    13b  10 

classification .12,    12a  7 

classification    numlttrmg    stamp     zd'^j,  70 

classification  printed   shelf  labels    37a-c  91,  92 

Departments 

Catalog     5 

Consultation S 

Employment    5 

Furniture      6 

Publication 6 

Stack    26-33 

Supplies 6 

Woodwork         14-25 

Desk  blotting  pads      64d  1 18 

Desks,    flat    top    76a-e  131,  132 

Dewey,  Melvil.     Decimal  classification 12,   12a  7 

Diamond   frame   steel    stack    26-33 

Dictionary  holders  and  stands 86c.  d.    i.  3.  5.   10.    it.  144-148 

Discounts  on  cards    45 

Dummies   for  books    28d  75 

Duplicate  sale  slip   352  90 

Eclectic  card  catalog  rules    136  11 

Embossing     stamp     26m  70 

Emerson    binder     41  94 

Employment    department S 


155 

Catalog  No.  Page 


117 


Erasers 

I'rush 63a 

Steel      636  1 1 8 

Typewriter      63c  117 

Expansive    classification    12b  8 

indexes        48  108-1 10 

Eye    shade     6gc  119 

I'aslencr  for  table    2gz  yy 

File  cases  for  letters 

L.    B.    Letter     48g  108-110 

Vertical        48  112-113 

Files  for  newspapers 

Athenaeum      46ni  103 

Atwater       46n8  1 04 

Common    sense       46n6  103 

I^.    B.   bamboo     105 

L.    B,    boxes    48  loS-iio 

Files  for  pamphlets 

<^'.     C 45m-o  10 1 

Clacher       4Sa  100 

L.    B 48a-p  108.  1 10 

X'ertical    ^8  112,113 

Files  for  periodicals 

L.    B.    boxes    ^jS  1 08-1 10 

L.   B.  rack  and    file 78r  140 

Vertical        1 12.  1 13 

Flat   top    desks      76a-e  131,  132 

Folding   steps    79a  142 

Folio   reading  stand    ...    86e  148 

Furniture  department g 

Children's  reading-  room    75.   ■;■;  128-134 

Museum       22-25 

Special,    illustrations     15-22 

Gelatine   stamji   pad      26n2  70 

Glass   pen   cleaner    69^  1 1 9 

Guard  rods,  description    40 

Guides 

'\->^       ^4t'4.    5  3S.  39 

Bristol      24fi-i2  38,  39 

Day.    1-3 1       24fio  39 

Month 24f6  39 

Printed    24f i,    2  38,  39 

State        24f  1 2  39 

\X'eek         24f8  39 

Gummed    lal)els     37.?-j  9~ 

H   paper  catalog  slips     32,  33  86 

Harvard   dictionary   holder    86diT  147 

Higgins  drawing  board  mucilage    56  115 

photo   mounter    56  115 

Holders 

for  dictionaries    86c.  86d2,   3.   5.    10,    11.  144-148 

for  labels  on  cases    40 

'for  newspapers      46n    i.  6,  8.  103-105 

for    shelf    labels     29U.    v  78 

Illustrations 

Children's   reading  room    furniture    20 

Special   furniture    'S-2S 

Stack        26-33 

\\'oodwork        1 5-25 

Indexes,   exjiansive    48  108-110 

Ink    for    stamps     2603  70 

Inkstand    - 66a.   b  i  18 

Intcrchangcal)le  pigeon  hole  cases 47a-f  106,  107 

Interior   locking   attachments      40 


156 

Catalog  No.  I'age 


Label  holders 

for  cases 

for  shelves     2911,   v 

Labels 

Brass  letter  and  rmml)er      38a 

Decimal    classification    shelf    37a-c 

Gummed        37g-J 

Miscellaneous   printed       37d 

Printed   for   cases    

Printed   for  shelves 37a-d 

Larjge  tray  outfits 

3i   size   cards    22di2-96 

22A12 

"  22dl5 

"  22d20 

"  22d30 

'■  22d6o 

"  22d72 

22d96 


Ledger    clip     

rests    861,    1-3 

Letters  and  numbers,   Brass      38a 

Lever    dater    26d4 

self    inker    26di,    2 

Library  aids 

Blank   books    3 1  a.  b.    u.     v.    x 

Card   catalog  rules 13a.    i3e 

Classifications 12,    12a,    b 

Cutter  author  tables    13!^.  c 

Labels     37g-j-    38a-d 

List   of   subject   headings    13I 

Periodicals     i  Sa-c 

Printed    shelf   labels    37a-d 

Size   notation   card    29S1 

Size    notation    rule    29S2 

Special  catalog  cards    33mi-7 

Stationery     3'-    35-    53 

Library  departments 

Catalog     

Consultation    

Employment  

Furniture      

Publication       

Stack 

Supplies    

Woodwork       


Library  periodicals 

I^ibrary   journal    iS'^ 

Library  notes    i  Sa 

Public    libraries    i SC 

Library   school   card   catalog,    shelf,    and    accession    rules 13a 

.Simplified    edition      i3ai 

Library  stationery 

lllank  bonks 3ia,  b.  u,  v.  x 

P.lank    book    sheets    31a,    b    5.    3.S.V.    3.Sv. 

Blocks  or  pads  of  paper   S3h  u-  P- 

Paper  specially   ruled    53 

Pencils     S5ai 

Pens    -SSa 

Shelf  list  .sheets    3ii.  J 

Statistical  sheets    3ir.   33 

Linderfelt,  K.  A.  Eclectic  card  catalog  rules    i3e 

Linen  cards 32,  33-1.  r,  x 

List   of   subject   headings    13I 

Lock  guard  rods    


40 

78 

93 

91, 

92 
92 
92 
40 

91. 

92 

48 

-SI 

49. 

53 

49- 

52. 

54 

49. 

55 

49. 

56 

SO. 

SI 
51 
51 
81 
ISO 
93 
68 

67. 

.68 

81 

-91 

9 

-1 1 

7.8 

10 

91 

.  92 
10 

12 

-13 

91 

,  92 

77- 

.81 

//■ 

.81 

87 

.88 

81-84 

.  90 

.  91 

6 

5 
.S 
5 
6 
6 

26 

-33 
6 

M 

,-2S 

12 
II 
13 

9 
10 

Ri 

t-91 

81-84.  yo-oi 

I  I  I 

III 

114 

114 

83 

,84 
84 
II 

43 

.  44 
10 
40 

157 


Catalog  No.  Page 


Locking    attachments    

Manila  C  C  pamphlet  cases 45m  i,  2 

hook   card   pockets    3901-6 

book  covers    . 36a.   h 

Miscellaneous  printed  shelf  labels  37d 

Month  guides 24(6 

Mucilage       56 

Museum    furniture     

New   L  B   Ijook  supports    28b 

New  York  shelf  list  sheets    3 1 j 

Newspaper  files  and  holders 

Athenaeum       46n  i 

Atwater    46n8 

Common  sense   46n6 

L  B  bamboo    

L  B  boxes    48 

Newspaper    pins     58 

rack     78n 

Numbering  stamps 

Automatic 26i 

Book   number    26J 

D  C   26i3 

Number   labels,    Brass    38a 

Numbers,   Cutter  author    13b,   c 

Old  L  B  book  support    28a 

One   piece   book   cover    36b 

Open   deck   Banner  revolving  bookcases    /"3C-d 

Order  book 3 1  u,  i ,  2 

sheets      35V 

slip      35U 

tables,   alphabetic    13b.   c. 

Pad  date  holder   26g 

Pads  and  blocks 53I.  n.  p 

Pads   for  stamps 26n2 

Pamphlet  cases 

C    C    45m-o 

Clacher       4  i^a 

L    B     48a-p 

\^ertical   file    48 

Pamphlet   pockets    45ml.    2 

Paper  L  B   53 

Paper  catalog  slips   -^2.  ^t,  d.  h. 

Paper  fasteners 

Bank    ]iins     58c 

Clinch     58i 

Patent    spring    clasps    58 

Steel   ledger   clip    

Utility     clip      58U 

Paper  shears    6 1  a.   b 

slips    '. 32,    ^^^^.   d.    h 

weight    and    clip     64 

Paste 56 

Patent  locking  attachment   

spring    clasps     58 

Pen    cleaner      6og 

Pencil  date  holder 26h 

sharpener  6op 

Pencils     55^1 

Pens    55a 

Perfect    inkstand    66a.    b 

pencil     sharpener     69P 

Perfection  book  rest    8of 

table  rest   86h 

Perforating  stamp    26p 


40 

lOI 

66 

91 

92 

39 

"5 

22-25 

73 

84 

103 

104 

103 

105 

08-1 10 

115 

138 

69 

70 

70 

93 

10 

73 

91 

122 

85 

91 

89 

10 

69 

III 

70 

lOI 

100 

08-1 10 

1 12 

lOI 

III 

86 

115 

116 

"5 

81 

116 

116 

86 

119 

"5 

40 

"5 

119 

69 

119 

114 

"4 

118 

U9 

149 

149 

71 

i5« 


Catalog  No.  Page 

Periodical  racks 

L    B    78p  139 

L  B  new    78q  141 

L  B  rack  &  file   78r  140 

Periodicals  for  libraries 

Library   journal    isb  12 

Library   notes    15a  11 

Public    libraries    iSC  13 

Photo  mounter    56  nS 

Photograph  swinging   frame    24 

Pigeon    hole    cases    47'A-i  106,  7 

Pin   for  shelf    29X  77 

Pins 58c  115 

Plain  cards 32,  33  45 

Pockets 

Book    39   c    1-2.   6.  66 

Card 39c  3,  4.  5  66 

Pamphlet    46m,    1.2  loi 

Portfolio  scrap  book   44b  98 

Pratt  Institute,  Children's  room,  illustration   20 

Price  list 

Card    outfits    46-56 

Printed    guides,    description    38,  39 

labels  for  cases,  description 40 

shelf    labels     3"'i-d  9 1 -  92 

Public    libraries    15c  13 

Publication   department    6 

Publications       7-i3 

Punches     6ip  117 

Punching    cards      42 

Racks 

Newspaper     78n  1 38 

Periodical    /Sp,   q.   r  139- Mi 

Reading  chairs 77  i33-i37 

stand   86e  148 

tables   75b.  j.  1.  n.  r.  128-130 

Register  of  borrowers 

Rook   form    31V    i,   2  85 

Card   form    58.  9 

Relative   index    12  7 

Removal    card    3Z'^^'^7  88 

Rests 

Arm     86k  1 50 

Atlas   86e  148 

Book     86f.  86h.  149 

Chair       86f  149 

Ledger     861  150 

Reading    ^6^2  149 

Table       86h  149 

Revolving  bookcases 

Danncr    73a-k  120-123 

Sargent      73S2-9  124-127 

Revolving  shelf  pin    29X  77 

Rods     40 

Rotary  base 22W  52 

bookcases       73S2-9  1 24- 127 

Round    table     7Sh.  128 

Ru1)ber   chair   tips    29c  76 

dates       26a  67 

erasers    •  63a.  c  117 

Rule.    Size    29s    2  77.81 

Rules   for  card   catalogs    13a,    130  9-1 ' 

Ruling   on    cards    42 

on    paper    S3  i ' ' 

Sale  duplicate  slip    35z  90 


159 

Catalog  Xo.  Page 

Sargent,    rotary   bookcases    73S2-g  124-127 

Scissors .6ia,    b  116 

Scrap  books  and  boxes 

Breed's    portfolio     44b  98 

L  B  scrap  book,  manila  sheets  in  binder   441  96 

L    B    scrap    l)ox    44a  97 

manila    sheets    in   box    485  108-110 

99 


Utility  scrap  book   .  .    44U 


Screw   rods      40 

Self  inking  stamps 26di,  2.  26f  67,  68 

library    dnter     26e  68 

Serial    blanks    3 1  r  84 

Shade   for   eyes fige  119 

Shears      ^ 6ia,    b  116 

Shelf  attachment  for  Sargent  rotary  bookcases    73s  125 

label    holders    29U,    v  78 

labels,    printed       37a-d  91,  92 

Shelf  list  binders    3ii,   j  83,  84 

cards     32I  84 

description     3ii,    j  82,  83 

rules        13a  9 

sheets      311,    j  83, 84 

Shelf  pin,  revolving    29X  tj 

Shelving  Sec  Stacks 

Simplified    Lil)rary    school    rules    i3ai  10 

Size    card     29S1  yj.  81 

rule     2932  jy.  81 

Sizes  of  cards    41 

Slip  charging  system.   Plan  4      63 

covers  for  accession  books     81 

trays     25b,    1-6             •  64 

Slips,  paper 

Binding      35X  90 

Call     34b    2  63 

Catalog     32,   33d.   h.  86 

Order     35U  89 

Paper    block    53  1 1 1 

Sale    duplicate       35z  90 

Sloping   slip   case     . 25a  63 

Small  card  index  box    48p  no 

Small  tray  outfits 

Tin,    for   2,2   cards      22CI  46 

Wood,   covered  paper 32   size  cards    22C3  46 

Oak,   no   covers,   rod "               2205  46 

Tin,  for  33  cards  22C2  46 

Wood,  covered  paper   33  size  cards   22C4  46 

Oak,  no   covers,   rod    "               2206  46 

Oak.  shut  over  cover,  rod.  ...              "              22C7  46 

Oak  cabinets    for  33    size  cards    22d2  47 

"                                             22d4.  47 

..22d6  48 

22d9  48 

Sorting  tin  trays      23!.  1.  p.  s  57 

Special   cases,   description    37 

Special  furniture.     Sec  illustrafioiis 

children's  reading  room  furniture    20.  128.  134 

Special  library  cards 

Borrower's     34ai.     34^4-  64,  65 

Borrowers'   register  tab    58 

Arrangement     33015  87 

Best    books     33^16  88 

Bibliography       33m4  87 

Biography       33^3  87 

Biography,    cross   reference    33nii  87 


i6o 

Catalog  No.  Page 

Special  library  cards  cont'd 

Charging    34a.   3432,   3  60.  62-64,  5 

Criticism     331112  87 

Removal 33^7  88 

Shelf   list    32I  84 

Special   wood  work    14 

illustrations     1 5-25 

Specimen   cases   for   mtiseums    23 

Spring    back    binder     102 

clasps     58  115 

Sponge   cuj)    66s  118 

Stack  s 26-28 

Illustrations      29-33 

Stamp     ink     26n3  70 

pads     2602  70 

Stamps  and  dates 

Accession    26i  69 

Book    number    26J  70 

Dating     26a-e  67,  68 

D   C   numbering    26i    3  70 

Embossing    26m  70 

Lever   26d   i.  2.  4  67.  68 

Numbering,    automatic     26i  69 

Perforating    26p  7 1 

Rubber        26a  67 

Self  inking    26e,   f  68 

Standard  Banner  revolving  bookcases    73h-k  122.  123 

Stands 

Atlas       86e  148 

Dictionary      86d2-i  i  145-147 

Reading     86e  148 

State    guides     24f  1 2  39 

shelf    labels     37d.  92 

Stationery 

Blank  books Sia.  b.  u.  v.  x  81-91 

Blank  book  sheets    31a.   b   5.   35V,   y        81,  82.  83.84.  90,  91 

Blocks  or  pads  of  paper   53  1.  n  p.  1 1 1 

Paper  specially  ruled    S3  1 1 1 

Pencils     SSai               -  1 14 

Pens    5Sa  114 

Shelf  list  sheets    3ii.  J  83,  84 

Statistical    blanks    3ir.    53.  84-1 11 

Steel    eraser      63e  118 

ledger    clip       81 

pens      114 

Steel    stack     26-28 

Illustrations        29-33 

Step   and   handle        29a  76 

Steps,    folding      '.  .  79a  142 

Street  and  house  index  of  borrowers    59 

Subject   headings      13I  10 

Supplies    department     6 

Supports    for   books    28a-c.    e  72-75 

Swinging  photo   frames    22 

Swivel    chairs     77  1,35.  136 

Tab  cards    33  58 

Table    fastener 29Z  77 

rest     86h  149 

Tables    75h.    j.    1.    n.    r.  128-130 

Children's     75  128 

Circular      75h  128 

Oblong    7SJ  129-130 

Tin   charging  trays    25a-25b    1-6.    25C4  46.  57 

trays    22CI,   2.   23i-l.  p-s  25bi-4  64.  62 

Tips    for    chairs    29c  76 


i6i 

Catalog  No.  Page 


Tray  cases 

description 

large      22(1 1 2-96 

small    22c  1-7,  d2-g 

Trays   for  books    2ie-f 

Trays   for  slips    25a,   b    1-6 

Trays  for  sorting   23,   i-l,  p-s 

Trucks  2 1  a,  b 

Typewriter   eraser 63c 

Utility    clip 58U 

scrap     book     44U 

Ventilated    eye    shade 6ge 

Vertical   file   case 48.    r 

Victoria  chairs    77 

Week  guides    24f8 

Weight  and  clip,   comljination    64 

Windsor  arm  chair    77 

Wood   C   C   pamphlet   cases    45    o 

book  dummies 28d 

Wood  work  department    


37 

48-51 

46-48 

35 

64 

57 

34,35 

"7 

116 

99 

119 

12-113 

135 

39 

119 

133 

lOI 

75 

14-  25 

sJ'^i    I  .  ^-wl- 


14  DAY  USE 

RETURN  TO  DESK  FROM  WHICH  BORROWED 

This  book  is  due  on  the  last  date  stamped  below,  or 
on  the  date  to  which  renewed. 

Renewed  books  are  subject  to  immediate  recall. 


1      wnv  1 3 19W 

I 

1 

LD  21-50m-12,'61                             ^t   .^"^'^^Vfi',^     . 
(C4796sl0)476                             ^'""'^"B^^^e,^^^"""^ 

YD  24050 


JMITSS 


r 


'')0 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


